Cities Index.
Agenda packet

Wildomar City Council
March 8, 2023

Document
Agenda packet
Meeting
March 8, 2023
Body
Wildomar City Council
Pages
7
Original file
102.7 MB
Text extracted from the city's file for reading and search. Open the original on d3n9y02raazwpg.cloudfront.net. That file is the official record.

EXPENSES
PlaceWorks Reimbursable Expenses $11,996
Contingency 10% - City Managed
EXPENSES TOTAL $11,996
GRAND TOTAL $1,382,960

PLACEWORKS
Subconsultant
Total
Total Task
Budget
PlaceWorks
Hours
PlaceWorks
Total

SUBCONSULTANTS
10%
Subconsultant
Markup
Chen Ryan Ecorp

PLACEWORKS
385
EXHIBIT 2

Chen Ryan Revised Scope of Work/Budget

386
Wildomar GPU
Amendment #1 - Additional Tasks to Circulation and Mobility Element Work Monique Adam Phuong Jonathan Joey Eric Mike
$ 315.00 $ 275.00 $ 245.00 $ 190.00 $ 155.00 $ 140.00 $ 245.00 Modeling Counts Mileage Task 3.2: Existing Conditions
Conduct City-wide Big Data Analysis 1 2 4 1,315.00$
Location-focused Analysis 1 3 4 1,505.00$
Contingent Upon Task 1 - Conduct Traffic Counts 2 1,500.00$ 1,810.00$ Contingent Upon Task 2 - Conduct Traffic Analysis 1 4 8 2,315.00$ Hours Subtotal 3 0 0 9 18 0
Task 3.2 Subtotal $945.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1,710.00 $2,790.00 $0.00 $0.00 - $ 1,500.00$ - $ $6,945.00 Task 4.3: Circulation and Mobility Element (Goods Movement Study) Contingent Task 1 - Commision Roadway Classification Counts for 1 week (up to 10 locations) 1 1 13,500.00$ 14,005.00$ Additional Community Engagement 2 1 8 4 2,985.00$
Coordination with Adjacent Jurisdictions and other Stakeholders and Review their Respective Truck Routes 2 1 5 1 4 2,570.00$ Review of Existing and Planned Land Uses 1 2 1 4 1,555.00$ Review of the current California Vehicle Code and California Manual of Uniform Traffic Contol Devices (MUTCD) in relation to truck routes 1 2 6 2 2,215.00$
Review of City's Municipal Code 2 2 690.00$
Review of Noise Ordinances for Truck Restrictions 2 2 690.00$ Review of City's Pavement Management Plan (if available) 2 2 3 1,395.00$ Collision Analysis Focusing on Trucks and Review of Intersection Geometrics 1 2 4 12 8 4,605.00$ Recommend and Map Truck Routes 1 1 4 2 1,630.00$
Preparation of Technical Memorandum for the Goods Movement Study 2 1 16 4 4,565.00$ Hours Subtotal 10 9 4 51 26 22 0
Task 4.3 Subtotal $3,150.00 $2,475.00 $980.00 $9,690.00 $4,030.00 $3,080.00 $0.00 - $ 13,500.00$ - $ $36,905.00 Task 7.2: Technical Analysis
Contingent Upon Modeling Results - One additional model run 1 2 4 8 4 28 1,000.00$ 11,225.00$ Contingent Upon Modeling Results - Conduct peak hour intersection analysis for preferred scenario 1 4 16 3,555.00$ Hours Subtotal 2 0 2 8 24 4 28
Task 7.2 Subtotal $630.00 $0.00 $490.00 $1,520.00 $3,720.00 $560.00 $6,860.00 1,000.00$ -$ - $ $14,780.00 CRA Total $4,725.00 $2,475.00 $1,470.00 $12,920.00 $10,540.00 $3,640.00 $6,860.00 $1,000.00 $15,000.00 $0.00 $58,630.00 Senior
Planner/Modele
r
Task Description
CRA Labor Direct Costs
Fee
Principal Sr. Traffic Eng. Lead Traffic Eng. Traffic Eng. Planner/GISSr. Civil Eng. 2/21/2023 387
Wildomar GPU
Amendment #1 – Additional Tasks to Circulation and Mobility Element Scope of Work Task 3.2: Existing Conditions
With the opening of the Interstate 15 freeway interchange at Railroad Canyon Road, traffic in its vicinity such as Grape Street, Olive Street, etc. has likely increased from 2019 when traffic counts for the Wildomar Mobility Plan were conducted. To accurately reflect current traffic patterns the following tasks are recommended:
 Task 1 - Conduct a big data (Replica) analysis to compare city-wide travel trends between 2019 and 2022. This will include total trips within city, mode split, and working-from-home data, etc.
 Task 2 - Using big data, conduct a comparative analysis of the estimated daily traffic between 2019 and 2022 at the following roadway segments:
o Grape Street
o Mission Trail
o Olive Street
o Lemon Street
 Contingent Upon Task 1: If travel trends are found to be significantly higher than 2019, CRA will commission data collection through a third-party company. It is assumed that data will be collected at five (5) roadway segments and five (5) intersections.  Contingent Upon Task 2: Conduct traffic analysis at the five roadway segments and intersections utilizing the new data collected. This analysis will be documented in a technical memorandum separate from the City of Wildomar Mobility Plan Existing Conditions Report (June 2020).

Task 4.3: Circulation and Mobility Element
Working closely with the City of Wildomar, CRA will conduct a Goods Movement Study and develop a truck route map for inclusion in the Mobility Element. The Goods Movement Study will include, but not limited to, the following tasks:
 Contingent Task 1: Commission 7-day classification counts at up to 10 roadway segments.

This would only need to take place if the City does not have a clear sense of how trucks currently travel on city streets
 Community Engagement (business owners, school districts, residents)  Coordination with adjacent jurisdictions and review their respective truck routes  Review of existing and planned land uses
 Review of the current California Vehicle Code and California Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices in relation to truck routes
 Review of City’s Municipal Code
 Review of noise ordinances (time of day in residential areas) for truck restrictions.  Review of City’s pavement management plan (if available) or similar pavement maintenance documents
 Collision analysis focusing on trucks and based on truck-related collisions, review of intersections along potential truck routes for issues with turning movements or lane configurations
388
 Recommend and map truck routes
 Prepare technical memorandum for the Goods Movement Study Task 7.2: Technical Analysis
 Contingent Upon Modeling Results: CRA’s current scope for modeling includes base year and up to three future year model runs including the No-Project scenario. If additional scenarios are required, CRA will develop model forecasts and conduct roadway and VMT analyses. It is assumed that one (1) additional model run may be required.  Contingent Upon Modeling Results: CRA’s current scope does not include any peak hour intersection analyses. CRA will conduct such analyses if required for future scenarios. It is assumed that up to ten (10) intersections under the preferred scenario will be analyzed. 389

CITY OF WILDOMAR

CC - REGULAR MEETING

CONSENT CALENDAR
Agenda Staff Report # 1.9
Meeting Date: March
8, 2023
SUBJECT:

CIP 026-2 Bundy Canyon Rd. Improvement Project, Segment 2: Retain Interwest Consulting Group to perform Right of Way Acquisition Services.

SUBMITTED BY:

Jason Farag
PREPARED BY:

Warren Repke

ACTION:

Authorize the City Manager to accept the Interwest Consulting Group proposal to provide right- of-way acquisition services for the Bundy Canyon Rd. Improvement Project, Segment 2 (CIP 026-2) in the amount of $73,600.

SUMMARY:

The City is pursuing the improvement of Bundy Canyon Rd. from 1200' west of Oak Canyon Road to The Farm Rd. The proposed improvement requires the partial acquisition of permanent right-of-way, temporary construction easements, or right of entries from parcels on both sides of the road. The proposed action will authorize Interwest Consulting Group to begin the acquisition process on behalf of the City.

BACKGROUND:

Included in the five-year CIP is the widening and improvement of Bundy Canyon Rd. from the I-15 to The Farm Road. Due to funding constraints, the project was split into two segments.

Segment 1 from the l-15 to 1200' east of Oak Canyon Dr. is currently under construction and is estimated to be complete by the end of March 2023. Segment 2 from 1200' east of Oak Canyon Dr. to The Farm Rd. is currently programmed to start construction in FY 23/24, but project construction is still partially unfunded.

The City previously acquired right-of-way from several properties along the Segment 2 limits.

At the time, the City was unable to come to an agreement with a few property owners regarding the just compensation for the required right-of-way. Since construction was still partially unfunded, the City was unable to proceed with the project at that time and negotiations were paused.
390

DISCUSSION:

The City has been pursuing and continues to pursue grant funding for the project construction.

To ensure that the project is construction ready, if grant funding become available, it is critical that the City complete the remaining right-of-way acquisitions for Segment 2. CPSI provided the previous Bundy Canyon Rd. right-of-way acquisition services for the City. CPSI is now owned by Interwest Consulting Group, and the CPSI/Interwest staff who helped with the previous acquisitions and are familiar with the project are still available to help with the remaining acquisitions.

The remaining Segment 2 acquisition requirements include the acquisition of permanent right- of-way from eight parcels and temporary construction easements or right of entries from nineteen parcels. Temporary construction easements/right of entries were previously secured but had an expiration date that has passed. Acquisition is required from property on both sides of the road. Acquisition requires obtaining property appraisals, negotiation, and development of acquisition agreements. A map showing the remaining acquisition requirements is provided in Attachment A.

FISCAL IMPACT:

The cost of the Interwest Consulting Group services will be paid on a time and material basis with a not to exceed amount of $73,600. A copy of the proposal is included as Attachment B.

The not to exceed amount includes a ten percent contingency for unforeseen additional services as authorized by the Public Works Director. This amount is included in the FY 22/23 budget as approved by the City Council for CIP 026-2. Right-of-way acquisition for Bundy Canyon Rd. is an eligible cost under the Transportation Uniform Mitigation Fee (TUMF) program and these expenditures will be charges to this account.

Costs for staff time and contract staff time to administer the contract and coordinate with the consultant are also TUMF eligible and will also be charged to the project account.

There is no impact to the General Fund.

ACCOUNT CODE:
503-909-0002-52115 = $73,600

ATTACHMENTS:

A - Right-of-Way Requirements Exhibit
B - Interwest Consulting Group Proposal
391
Bundy Canyon – Segment 2 (Map 1 of 2)

392
Bundy Canyon – Segment 2 (Map 2 of 2)

393

1 Jenner , Suite 160, Irvine , CA 9261 8
( 949) 299- 5300

February 27, 2023

Warren Repke, PE
Capital Projects Manager
City of Wildomar
23873 Clinton Keith Road, Suite 201
Wildomar, CA 92595

Re: Bundy Canyon Road (Segment 2) – Right of Way Services

Dear Mr. Repke,

It is our understanding that the City of Wildomar is moving forward with the Bundy Canyon Road Project, Segment 2, which was previously on hold. To complete the Right of Way necessary for Segment 2, right of way acquisition is required consisting of fee acquisition, permanent roadway easements, slope and drainage easements, temporary construction easements, and rights of entry.

A schedule of the parcels and right of way required are attached.

Per your request, please find the proposed scope of work and Fee Proposal in the following pages to complete the work necessary for right of way completion.

Thank you for the opportunity to submit our proposal to the City. Should you have any questions or need additional information, please do not hesitate to contact me at (949) 291-6793 or email at [email protected], or J
eremy Miller at (949)370-9035 or via email at
[email protected].

Sincerely,

Marcie Jorgensen
Director of Real Estate Services

394
PAGE 2

SCOPE OF WORK

Project Coordination and Management

1. Meetings. Attend meetings with the City , including the initial kick -off meeting. Meeting minutes, agendas and reports are provided as directed by the City.

2. Status Reports. Provide and maintain title, appraisal and acquisition database/status reports for all project personnel to access.

3. Subconsultant Management. Provide management and coordination of services for all subconsultants (e.g. title, appraisal, etc.).

4. Escrow Coordination. Provide coordination services with the escrow company, including ordering preliminary title reports, opening escrow s and facilitating escrows for the acquired property, as applicable.

5. Scheduling. Prepare and provide the City with project schedules, as needed.

6. Quality Assurance/Quality Control Management. Provide quality control management for all areas of the project, including coordinating efforts with the City to ensure compliance.

7. Data Management. We will use QuickBase as a project management tool for tracking tasks and milestones, as well as customized dashboards for monitoring individual performance efficiency, timelines and cost containment strategies. Our reports are tailored to each client’s specifications to provide the critical information necessary for management decisions.

8. Project Close -Out. Provide the services required to finalize and close out the project according to the Uniform Act, as amended, and California law.

Title Research and Related Services

1. Preliminary Title Reports. Request preliminary title reports (PTR) from our subconsultant along with supporting documents for all parcels subject to permanent acquisitions. Title reports produced for each parcel will, at a minimum, establish legal owners and all valid liens, encumbrances and easements of record, and can include a color -coded map identifying third party easements over the parcel.

2. PTR Review. Interwest staff reviews the PTRs to inspect each report for accuracy of the stated ownership, Assessor Parcel Numbers and other pertinent information. Additionally, the listed liens, encumbrances, mortgages, etc., are analyzed to determine if consents/subordinations are required to clear title.

Primary Appraisal

1. Define & Distribute Appraisal Assignments. Review the project requirements and assess property attributes to assure clear understanding of the appraisal assignment. Facilitate the distribution of appraisal assignments and ensure clarification of the scope of the assignment , or prepare waiver valuations if permanent rights are not required.

2. Coordinate Meetings. Hold meetings with the selected appraiser to review and discuss the project scope, requirements for the appraisal reports and reviews, as well as the type of reports required and the required written notice of inspection to the owner.

3. Notice of Intent to Appraise. Prepare the Notice of Intent to Appraise letter for each property, advising the property owners of the proposed project, introducing the appraiser and providing contact information to answer questions and concerns.

4. Obtain Appraisals. Obtain appraisals and summary of value statements for each acquisition prepared in accordance with California State laws and Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practices (US PAP). Record information into the database and properly disperse reports (appraisal and appraisal review).
395
PAGE 3

5. Appraisal Reports. The format and level of documentation for an appraisal report depends on the complexity of the appraisal problem. Complex property assignments are to be reported in a self-contained, narrative format. A summary report, in conformance with USPAP Standards Rule 2-2(b), is permitted in cases, which, by virtue of their low value or simplicity, do not require the in-depth analysis and presentation necessary in a narrative appraisal report.

6. Just Compensation. Upon completion of the appraisal, the appraiser will complete a Summary of Just Compensation report to establish the highest and best use valuation.

Acquisition: Settlements and Closings

1. Review Plans. Review project plans to become familiar with the project and its impact on the various properties.

2. Verify Conformance. Verify that any legal descriptions, right of way plans, surveys and appraisals correspond and are accurate.

3. Offer Letter. Prepare and present the written offer letter to the property owner, along with the appraisal summary of value, purchase agreement, easement deeds, escrow instructions, brochure and agent’s business card upon the initiation of negotiations, after revie w and approval by the City’s representative. Submit all legal documents for the City’s legal counsel to review when language is added, deleted or revised.

4. Acquisition and Negotiation. Conduct negotiations for the acquisition of each parcel in accordance wi th all federal and state policies and procedures, including making the initial purchase offer in person when the owner resides in the project area, if possible. Offers to out- of-area owners will be mailed with a Certified Return Receipt.

5. Administrative Settlement Recommendations. Provide the City with a written recommendation and support documentation for all counter offers and proposed settlement terms for review and approval or disapproval.

9. Open and Monitor Escrows. Coordinate with the s elected title company and open escrows on all purchases, as applicable. Interwest monitors escrows, reviews all escrow documents, requests funds from the City ensuring that the City receives title insurance policies in the amount of the purchase cost of the land/improvements, and clears title to all properties acquired. Or, if escrow i s not required, provide escrow services directly by preparing and recording easements, processing check requests and obtaining receipts.

6. Scheduling. Prepare and provide the City with project schedules, as needed

7. Contact Documentation. Thoroughly document all contacts with property owners and/or their representatives, indicating attendees, time and place of meetings. Documentation includes thorough diaries and copies of all correspondence and emails. Diaries are updated immediately after each contact, if pos sible, and housed in the database and each acquisition file.

8. Parcel Files. Establish and maintain an accurate and complete working file for each parcel in a professional and standard format. Additionally, all pertinent project files are maintained in electronic formats and provided to the City at completion of the project.

9. Meetings. Attend any required or additional meetings, as deemed necessary by the City to communicate progress and discuss project issues.

10. Close-Out Acquisition File. Complete a final quality assurance/quality control review on the file for close-out, provide final status reports to the City and deliver final files to the City upon completion of the project. Additionally, the City will receive a flash drive with all pertinent project data stored in systematically organized project folders.

396
PAGE 4

FEE PROPOSAL -SEE ACQUISITION FEE PER PARCEL ATTACHED
Job Title HOURS HOURLY

RATE TOTAL
Project Manager 65 $150 $9,750
Sr. Acquisition Agent 185 $135 $24,975
Escrow Coordinator 40 $92 $3,680
LABOR COST $ 38,405

OTHER DIRECT COSTS (ODCs)
Mileage, Postage, FedEx $745
ODCs COST $745

FLAT RATE FEES
R.P. Laurain & Associates (Appraisals for 5 parcels -$4,200/each) $21,000 Waiver Valuations (Valuations for 11 TCEs - $750/each) $8,250 Commonwealth Title Company (8 prelim. title reports $650/each) $5,200 FLAT RATE COSTS $ 34,450

TOTAL RIGHT OF WAY SERVICES COST Rounded $ 73,600

Optional Services

TASK HOURLY RATE
Condemnation Support (BILLED HOURLY AS NEEDED) $150
Appraisal Updates (if design changes required following appraisal completion) $1,000/each

Assumptions

It is assumed that there are no federal funds or Caltrans certification is required for this project, and the right of way acquisition valuations are subject to being environmentally clear, and that the City’s Design Engineer will provide updated legal descriptions and plats maps, if required. Also, if additional land rights beyond this scope are required, the City and Interwest will determine the additional services required and amend this scope accordingly.

397
PAGE 5

Parcels with Permanent Rights Required

Parcel
ID Property Owner APN ROW Required ROW
Labor Cost
PID-42
Western Riverside
County RCA
367-320-045 Fee Acq.
$3,380
PID-46 366-320-012 Fee Acq.

PID-53 366-320-008 Fee Acq.

PID-55 366-310-006 Fee Acq.

PID-32
Bundy Canyon 38
366-320-048 Slope Easement
$3,375 TCE
PID-33 366-320-028 Slope Easement
TCE
PID-39 23263 Bundy Canyon
Road LLC 367-250-007
Road Easement
$3,375 Slope Easement
TCE
PID-47 John Chung Hwe
Park 366-320-006
Road Easement
$3,700 Slope Easement
TCE

Parcels with Temporary Rights Required (TCEs and ROEs)

Parcel
ID Property Owner APN ROW
Required
ROW
Labor Cost
PID-34 Ebrahim Talebi Trust (New Owner) 367-250-017 TCE $1,325 PID-35 Jack and Claudia La Greca 366-320-051 TCE $1,325 PID-36 Dennis and Louse Wolfe 367-250-016 TCE $1,325
PID-41 Walker Trust (Bundy Christian School) 367-250-018 ROE $1,250 PID-43 Casa De Adoracion Y Gloria 367-270-021 ROE $1,250 PID-44 Bundy Christian School 367-270-030 ROE $1,250
PID-45 Mark and Nida Smith 366-320-050 TCE $1,325
PID-48 Leonardo Beltran (New Owner) 366-320-052 TCE $1,325 PID-49 Marsha Cook 366-320-049 TCE $1,325
PID-51 County of Riverside EDA (Ortega Trail) 366-320-046 TCE $1,325 PID-52 Jodi Spoon Sadlon (New owner) 366-320-041 TCE $1,325 PID-57 Michael & Shannon Balchak (New owner) 362-211-003 TCE $1,325 PID-58 Albert Lopez 362-211-004 ROE $1,250
PID-59 Deanna Kunz 362-211-005 ROE $1,250
PID-60 The Farm HOA 362-211-029 ROE $1,250
PID-61 Miguel Angel Alvarado (New Owner) 362-211-023 TCE $1,325 PID-62 Claudia Salzer & Guy Wiltshire 362-211-024 ROE $1,250 PID-64 The Farm HOA 362-211-030 ROE $1,250
PID-65 Norman Busch 362-090-025 TCE $1,325

398

CITY OF WILDOMAR

CC - REGULAR MEETING

PUBLIC HEARING
Agenda Staff Report # 2.1
Meeting Date: March
8, 2023
SUBJECT:

Zoning Ordinance Amendment No. 2023-01 (Density Bonus)
SUBMITTED BY:

Matthew Bassi
PREPARED BY:

Erica Vega

ACTION:

The Planning Commission recommends the City Council take the following actions:

1) Find and determine that approval of Zoning Ordinance Amendment No. 2023-01 meets the findings for a General Rule Exemption in accordance with Section 15061(B)(3) of CEQA; and

2) Introduce and approve the first reading of an Ordinance entitled:

ORDINANCE NO. ____

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF WILDOMAR, CALIFORNIA, ADOPTING A GENERAL RULE EXEMPTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 15061(B) (3) OF CEQA, AND AMENDING CHAPTER 17.290 OF WILDOMAR MUNICIPAL CODE

RELATED TO DENSITY BONUSES AND OTHER INCENTIVES
SUMMARY:

Staff is bringing forward for City Council approval changes to the City's Density Bonus regulations. The proposed changes reflect recent state law changes as identified in California Government Code Section 65915 (the “Density Bonus Law”). The changes to Section 17.290 of the Wildomar Municipal Code are reflected in the attached Ordinance (Attachment A).

Attachment B shows the proposed changes from the existing ordinance in a redline/strikeout version.

Planning Commission Action:

The Planning Commission reviewed Zoning Ordinance Amendment No. 2023-01 at their February 1, 2023 meeting. There were no speakers either for or against the proposed code 399
amendment. After Commission deliberations, the Commission voted 5 - 0 to adopt PC Resolution No. 2023-01 recommending City Council approval of Zoning Ordinance Amendment No. 2023-01.

DISCUSSION:

California Government Code Section 65915 (the “Density Bonus Law”) requires cities and counties to provide density bonuses, incentives and concessions to developers of qualifying affordable housing projects in order to promote the production of affordable housing. The Density Bonus Law also requires local agencies to adopt an ordinance that specifies how compliance with the Density Bonus Law will be implemented locally. Chapter 17.290 of the Wildomar Municipal Code (the “Density Bonus Ordinance”) was adopted by the City Council in 2014. Since then, there have been numerous amendments to the State’s Density Bonus Law.

The purpose of the proposed ordinance is to update the City’s Density Bonus Ordinance to be consistent with the current Density Bonus Law.

The City is required to adhere to the requirements of the Density Bonus Law regardless of whether its Density Bonus Ordinance has been updated to be consistent with the Density Bonus Law. The changes to the Density Bonus Ordinance proposed in this ordinance do not exceed or deviate from the requirements of the Density Bonus Law. A redline/strikeout version of the exact changes to the existing density bonus regulations are provided for Council consideration (Attachment B).

As such, the adoption of the proposed ordinance is exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) because it can be seen with certainty that the adoption of this Ordinance will not have a potentially significant impact on the environment and is exempt from CEQA review pursuant to CEQA Guideline 15061(b)(3). Development projects that seek to utilize the Density Bonus Law and the Density Bonus Ordinance will undergo environmental review if required by law.

CEQA Discussion:

The adoption of this Ordinance is exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) because the City is required to adhere to the requirements of the Density Bonus Law regardless of whether this Ordinance is adopted. The requirements of this Ordinance do not exceed or in any way deviate from the requirements of the Density Bonus Law. Development projects that seek to utilize the Density Bonus Law and this Ordinance will undergo environmental review if required by CEQA. As such, it can be seen with certainty that the adoption of this Ordinance will not have a potentially significant impact on the environment and is exempt from CEQA review pursuant to CEQA Guideline 15061(b)(3).

Findings of Fact for ZOA 2023-01:

In accordance with the provisions of Chapter 17.280 of the Zoning Ordinance, the City Council makes the following finding in support of approving Zoning Ordinance Amendment No. 2023-

01. 400

A. The proposed amendment is consistent with the City of Wildomar General Plan and Zoning Ordinance.

Evidence:

The proposed code amendment is consistent with the City of Wildomar General Plan in that implementation of California Government Code section 65915 (Density Bonus Law) will further and facilitate the development of affordable housing in the City of Wildomar.

Further, adoption of the ordinance will help meet the City’s Regional Housing Needs Assessment by facilitating affordable housing in the city’s residential zones as well as create more housing opportunities for Wildomar residents as stated in General Plan Policy H-1.1.

Public Noticing:

In accordance with Chapter 17.04 and 17.280 of the Wildomar Municipal Code, the Planning Department on February 24, 2023 published a legal notice in the Press Enterprise, a local newspaper of general circulation, notifying the general public of the March 8, 2023 City Council meeting where the Council would discuss Zoning Ordinance Amendment No. 2023-

01. Since this code amendment is not a development project, the provisions of Ordinance 135 requiring public hearing sign boards do not apply.

Incorporated Herein By Reference The
Following
:
• City of Wildomar General Plan and General Plan EIR • City of Wildomar Zoning Ordinance (Title 17 of the WMC)

FISCAL IMPACT:

In Fiscal Year 2021/2022, the City Council appropriated $10,000 to prepare Zoning Ordinance Amendment No. 2023-01. All staff and city attorney time working on the code update has been charged to this account (#100-430-4300-52134). As of today’s report, there is approximately $7,000 to complete this effort.

ACCOUNT CODE:
#100-430-4300-52134

ATTACHMENTS:

Attach A - Ordinance for ZOA 2023-01.docx
Attach B - Existing Density Bonus Regulations-Redline.pdf 401

ATTACHMENT A
Council Ordinance for ZOA 2023-01
402
ORDINANCE NO. ____

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF

WILDOMAR, CALIFORNIA, ADOPTING A GENERAL RULE
EXEMPTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 15061(B)(3) OF
CEQA, AND AMENDING CHAPTER 17.290 OF WILDOMAR

MUNICIPAL CODE RELATED TO DENSITY BONUSES AND

OTHER INCENTIVES
THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF WILDOMAR ORDAINS AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. Findings. The City Council finds as follows:

A. California Government Code section 65915 (“Density Bonus Law”) requires local agencies to provide density bonuses, incentives and concessions to developers of qualifying affordable housing projects in order to promote the production of housing for very low, low and moderate income households and senior citizens, and requires local agencies to adopt an ordinance that specifies how compliance with the Density Bonus Law will be implemented.

B. The City Council adopted Ordinance No. 88 in 2014 adding Chapter 17.290 to the Municipal Code implementing the Density Bonus Law. There have been several amendments to the Density Bonus Law in the intervening years and Chapter 17.290 needs to be updated to be consistent with the current Density Bonus Law.

C. On February 1, 2023, the Planning Commission conducted a duly noticed public hearing to consider the proposed ordinance and voted to recommend to the City Council that they adopt the proposed zoning text change.

D. On March 8, 2023, the City Council conducted a duly noticed public hearing to consider the proposed ordinance.

E. The adoption of this Ordinance is exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) because the City is required to adhere to the requirements of the Density Bonus Law regardless of whether this Ordinance is adopted.

The requirements of this Ordinance do not exceed or in any way deviate from the requirements of the Density Bonus Law. Development projects that seek to utilize the Density Bonus Law and this Ordinance will undergo environmental review if required by CEQA. As such, it can be seen with certainty that the adoption of this Ordinance will not have a potentially significant impact on the environment and is exempt from CEQA review pursuant to CEQA Guideline 15061(b)(3).

SECTION 2. Amendment of Chapter 17.290 to the Wildomar Municipal Code.

Chapter 17.290 of the Wildomar Municipal Code is amended in its entirety to read as shown on Attachment A hereto.
403
SECTION 3. SEVERABILITY
If any chapter, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion of this ordinance, is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision will not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this ordinance. The City Council hereby declares that it would have adopted this ordinance, and each Chapter, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more Sections, subsections, subdivisions, sentences, clauses, phrases, or portions thereof be declared invalid or unconstitutional.”
SECTION 4. EFFECTIVE DATE.

This ordinance shall take effect thirty (30) days after its passage by the City Council.

SECTION 5. CITY CLERK ACTION
The City Clerk is authorized and directed to cause this Ordinance to be published within fifteen (15) days after its passage in a newspaper of general circulation and circulated within the City in accordance with Government Code Chapter 36933(a) or, to cause this Ordinance to be published in the manner required by law using the alternative summary and posting procedure authorized under Government Code Chapter 39633(c).

INTRODUCED AND APPROVED FOR FIRST READING this 8th, day of March, 2023. ___________________________
Joseph Morabito
Mayor
APPROVED AS TO FORM: ATTEST:
____________________________ ___________________________ Thomas D. Jex Janet Morales, CMC
City Attorney City Clerk
404

ATTACHMENT A
Chapter 17.290 DENSITY BONUSES AND OTHER INCENTIVES

17.290.010 Definitions.

For purposes of this chapter, the following definitions apply:
“Affordable housing cost” has the definition set forth in California Health and Safety Code Section 50052.5.
“Affordable rent” has the definition set forth in California Health and Safety Code Section 50053.
“Approval authority” means the City Council, Planning Commission, or Director. The approval authority shall be the person or body that has the authority to approve the plot plan or other applications for the subject housing development under the Zoning Ordinance or Subdivision Ordinance.
“Child care facility” means a child daycare facility other than a family day care home, including, but not limited to, infant centers, preschools, extended day care facilities, and school age child care centers.
“Common interest development” has the definition set forth in California Civil Code Section 4100.
“Concession” or “incentive” means any of the following:

1. A reduction in site development standards or a modification of Zoning Ordinance requirements or architectural design requirements that exceed the minimum building standards approved by the California Building Standards Commission, as provided in Part 2.5 (the State Building Code commencing with Health and Safety Code Section 18901) of Division 13 of the Health and Safety Code, including, but not limited to, a reduction in setback and square footage requirements, and in the ratio of vehicular parking spaces that would otherwise be required, that results in identifiable and actual cost reductions to provide for affordable housing costs or affordable rents.

2. Approval of mixed use zoning in conjunction with a housing project, if commercial, office, industrial or other land uses will reduce the cost of a housing development, and if the commercial, office, industrial or other land uses are compatible with the housing project and the existing or planned development in the area where the proposed housing project will be located.

3. Other regulatory incentives or concessions proposed by the applicant or the City that result in identifiable and actual cost reductions to provide for affordable housing costs or affordable rents.

This definition does not limit or require the provision of direct financial incentives for a housing development, including the provision of publicly owned land by the City or the waiver of fees or dedication requirements.
405
“Density bonus” means a density increase over the otherwise maximum allowable residential density as of the date of application by the applicant to the City. “Development standard” means a site or construction condition, including but not limited to, a height limitation, a setback requirement, a floor area ratio, an onsite open-space requirement, a minimum lot area per unit requirement, or a parking ratio that applies to a residential development pursuant to any ordinance, General Plan element, specific plan, or other city condition, law, policy, resolution or regulation. “Director” means the Planning Director or the Director’s designee. “Housing development” means a development project for five or more residential units, including mixed use developments. “Housing development” also includes a subdivision or common interest development consisting of residential units or unimproved residential lots and either a project to substantially rehabilitate and convert an existing commercial building to residential use or the substantial rehabilitation of an existing multifamily dwelling where the result of the rehabilitation would be a net increase in the number of residential units. For the purpose of calculating a density bonus, the residential units shall be on contiguous sites that are the subject of one development application, but do not have to be based upon individual subdivision maps or parcels.

The density bonus is permitted in geographic areas of the housing development other than the areas where the units for the lower income households are located. “Lower income households” has the definition set forth in California Health and Safety Code Section 50079.5.
“Major transit stop” has the same meaning as defined in Public Resources Code Section 21155(b).
“Maximum allowable residential density” or “base density” means the maximum number of units allowed under the Zoning Ordinance, Specific Plan, or land use element of the General Plan, or if a range of density is permitted, the maximum number of units allowed by the specific zoning range, specific plan, or land use element of the General Plan applicable to the project. If the density allowed under the zoning ordinance is inconsistent with the density allowed under the land use element of the general plan or specific plan, the greater shall prevail. Density shall be determined using dwelling units per acre. However, if the applicable zoning ordinance, specific plan, or land use element of the general plan does not provide a dwelling-units-per-acre standard for density, then the City shall calculate the number of units as provided for in Government Code Section 65915(o)(6).
“Moderate income households” has the definition for “persons or families of moderate income” set forth in California Health and Safety Code Section 50093(b). “Multifamily dwelling” has the definition set forth in California Government Code Section 65863.4(d).
“Qualified nonprofit housing corporation” is a nonprofit housing corporation organized pursuant to Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code that has received a welfare exemption under Section 214.15 of the Revenue and Taxation Code for properties intended to be sold to low-income families who participate in a special no-interest loan program.
406
“Senior citizen housing development” has the definition set forth in California Civil Code Section 51.3.
“Shared housing building” means a residential or mixed-use structure, with five or more shared housing units and one or more common kitchens and dining areas designed for permanent residence of more than 30 days by its tenants. The kitchens and dining areas within the shared housing building shall be able to adequately accommodate all residents. If a local ordinance further restricts the attributes of a shared housing building beyond the requirements established in this section, the local definition shall apply to the extent that it does not conflict with the requirements of this section. A “shared housing building” may include other dwelling units that are not shared housing units, provided that those dwelling units do not occupy more than 25 percent of the floor area of the shared housing building. A shared housing building may include 100 percent shared housing units. When an applicant proposes to construct a housing development that conforms to the requirements of Section 17.290.020(C)(1) or (2) that is a shared housing building, the city shall not require any minimum unit size requirements or minimum bedroom requirements that are in conflict with this definition. “Shared housing unit” means one or more habitable rooms, not within another dwelling unit, that includes a bathroom, sink, refrigerator, and microwave, is used for permanent residence, that meets the “minimum room area” specified in Section R304 of the California Residential Code (Part 2.5 of Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations) and complies with the definition of “guestroom” in Section R202 of the California Residential Code. If a local ordinance further restricts the attributes of a shared housing building beyond the requirements established in this section, the local definition shall apply to the extent that it does not conflict with the requirements of Government Code section 65915. For purposes of calculating a density bonus granted pursuant to this section for a shared housing building, “unit” means one shared housing unit and its pro rata share of associated common area facilities.
“Specific, adverse impact” has the definition set forth in California Government Code Section 65589.5(d)(2).
“Total units,” “total dwelling units,” or “total rental beds” does not include units added by a density bonus awarded pursuant to this section or any local law granting a greater density bonus.
“Very low income households” has the definition set forth in California Health & Safety Code Section 50105.
“Very low vehicle travel area” means an urbanized area, as designated by the United States Census Bureau, where the existing residential development generates vehicle miles traveled per capita that is below 85 percent of either regional vehicle miles traveled per capita, or city vehicle miles traveled per capita. For purposes of this paragraph, “area” may include a travel analysis zone, hexagon, or grid. For the purposes of determining “regional vehicle miles traveled per capita” pursuant to this paragraph, a “region” is the entirety of incorporated and unincorporated areas governed by a multicounty or single-county metropolitan planning organization, or the entirety of the incorporated and unincorporated areas of an individual county that is not part of a metropolitan planning organization. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014) 407

17.290.020 General density bonus provisions.

A. Application. Any person that desires a density bonus must make an application on a form approved by the Director at the time of submitting an entitlement application for the housing development for which a density bonus is requested.

B. Incentives and Concessions. When an applicant seeks a density bonus for a housing development or for the donation of land for housing within the City, the City must provide the applicant incentives or concessions for the production of housing units and child care facilities as provided in this chapter.

C. Available Density Bonus Options. The approval authority will grant one density bonus, the amount of which will be as specified in Section 17.290.050, and incentives or concessions as described in Section 17.290.030, when an applicant for a housing development seeks and agrees to construct a housing development, excluding any units permitted by the density bonus awarded pursuant to this chapter, that will contain at least one of the following:

1. 10% percent of the total units of a housing development, including a shared housing building development, for lower income households.

2. 5% of the total units of a housing development, including a shared housing building development, for very low income households.

3. A senior citizen housing development. For purposes of this subparagraph, “development” includes a shared housing building development.

4. 10% of the total dwelling units in a common interest development for moderate income households, provided that all units in the housing development are offered to the public for purchase.

5. 10% of the total units of a housing development for transitional foster youth, as defined in Section 66025.9 of the Education Code, disabled veterans, as defined in Section 18541, or homeless persons, as defined in the federal McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 11301 et seq.).

6. 20% of the total units for lower income students in a student housing development that meets the requirements of Government Code Section 65915(b)(1)(F).

7. 100% of all units in the development, including total units and density bonus units, but exclusive of a manger’s unit or units, are for lower income households, except that up to 20% of the units in the development, including total units and density bonus units, may be for moderate-income households.

For purposes of this subparagraph, “development” includes a shared housing building development.

D. Applicant’s Election of Basis for Bonus. For purposes of calculating the amount of the density bonus pursuant to Section 17.290.050, the applicant who requests a density bonus pursuant to this section must elect whether the bonus will be awarded on the basis of subsection (C)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), or (7) of this section. 408
E. Continued Affordability.

1. An applicant must agree to the continued affordability of all low and very low income rental units that qualified the applicant for the award of the density bonus for 55 years or a longer period of time if required by any applicable construction or mortgage financing assistance program, mortgage insurance program, or rental subsidy program.
a. Rents for the lower income density bonus units in a housing development receiving a density bonus under subsections (C)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5) or (6) must be set at an affordable rent.
b. Rents for all units in a housing development receiving a density bonus under subsection (C)(7) shall be as follows:
i. The rent for at least 20 percent of the units in the development shall be set at an affordable rent.
ii. The rent for the remaining units in the development shall be set at an amount consistent with the maximum rent levels for lower income households, as those rents and incomes are determined by the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee.

2. The City will require an equity-sharing agreement pursuant to Section 65915(c)(2), unless such an agreement would be in conflict with the requirements of another public funding source or law or may defer to the recapture provisions of the public funding source. The following apply to the equity sharing agreement:
a. Upon resale, the seller of the unit may retain the value of any improvements, the down payment, and the seller’s proportionate share of appreciation. The City will recapture any initial subsidy and its proportionate share of appreciation, if any, which amount must then be used within five years for any of the purposes that promote home ownership, as described in California Health and Safety Code Section 33334.2(e).
b. The City’s initial subsidy will be equal to the fair market value of the home at the time of initial sale, minus the initial sale price to the moderate income household, plus the amount of any down payment assistance or mortgage assistance. If upon resale the market value is lower than the initial market value, then the value at the time of the resale will be used as the initial market value.
c. The City’s proportionate share of appreciation will be equal to the ratio of the initial subsidy to the fair market value of the unit at the time of initial sale.

3. Notwithstanding paragraph E.2 above, for-sale units may be purchased by a qualified nonprofit housing corporation pursuant to a recorded contract that satisfies all of the requirements specified in paragraph (10) of subdivision (a) of Section 402.1 of the Revenue and Taxation Code and includes all of the requirements stated in Government Code section 65915(c)(2)(A)(ii). 409
F. Eligibility. An applicant shall be ineligible for a density bonus or any other incentives or concessions under this chapter if the housing development is proposed on any property that includes a parcel or parcels on which rental dwelling units are or, if the dwelling units have been vacated or demolished in the five-year period preceding the application, have been subject to a recorded covenant, ordinance, or law that restricts rents to levels affordable to persons and families of lower or very low income; subject to any other form of rent or price control through a public entity’s valid exercise of its police power; or occupied by lower or very low income households, unless the proposed housing development replaces those units, as “replace” is defined in Government Code Section 65915(c)(3)(B), and either of the following applies:
a. The proposed housing development, inclusive of the units replaced pursuant to this paragraph, contains affordable units at the percentages set forth in subsection (C) of this section.
b. Each unit in the development, exclusive of a manager’s unit or units, is affordable to, and occupied by, either a lower or very low income household. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014)

17.290.030 Incentives and concessions.

A. Proposal by Applicant. An applicant for a density bonus pursuant to Section 17.290.020 may submit a proposal for the specific incentives or concessions that the applicant requests pursuant to this chapter and may request a meeting with the Director.

B. Number of Incentives. Subject to subsection C of this section, the applicant will receive the following number of incentives or concessions:

1. One incentive or concession for housing developments that include at least 10% of the total units for lower income households, at least 5% for very low income households, or at least 10% for moderate income households in a common interest development.

2. Two incentives or concessions for housing developments that include at least 17% of the total units for lower income households, at least 10% for very low income households, or at least 20% for moderate income households in a common interest development.

3. Three incentives or concessions for housing developments that include at least 24% of the total units for lower income households, at least 15% for very low income households, or at least 30% for moderate income households in a common interest development.

4. Four incentives or concessions for housing developments that include 100% of the total units, not including manager’s units, for lower income households, except that up to 20% of the units may be for moderate-income households. If the project is located within one-half mile of a major transit stop or is located in a very low vehicle travel area, the applicant shall also receive a height increase of up to three additional stories, or 33 feet.
410
C. Findings. The approval authority must grant the concessions or incentives requested by the applicant, unless it makes a written finding, based upon substantial evidence, that:

1. The concession or incentive does not result in identifiable and actual cost reductions to provide for affordable housing costs or for affordable rents as specified in Section 17.290.020(E);

2. The concession or incentive would have a specific, adverse impact upon public health and safety, or the physical environment, or on any real property listed in the California Register of Historical Resources, and there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact without rendering the development unaffordable to low and moderate income households; or

3. The concession or improvement would be contrary to state or federal law. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014)

17.290.040 Waiver or reduction of development standards.

A. Proposal by Applicant. An applicant may submit to the City a proposal for the waiver or reduction of development standards that the applicant believes will have the effect of physically precluding the construction of the proposed housing development at the densities or with the concessions or incentives permitted by this chapter and may request a meeting with the Director. A proposal for the waiver or reduction of development standards shall neither reduce nor increase the number of incentives or concessions that the applicant is entitled to under Section

17.290.030.

B. Findings. The approval authority must waive or reduce the development standard requested by the applicant, unless it makes a written finding, based upon substantial evidence, that:

1. The development standard does not physically preclude the construction of the proposed housing development at the densities or with the concessions or incentive permitted by this chapter;

2. The waiver or reduction would have a specific, adverse impact upon public health and safety, or the physical environment, or on any real property listed in the California Register of Historical Resources, and there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact; or

3. The waiver or reduction would be contrary to state or federal law. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014)

17.290.050 Calculation of density bonus.

A. The amount of density bonus to which the applicant is entitled will vary according to the amount by which the percentage of affordable housing units exceeds the percentage established in Section 17.290.020(C). The applicant may elect to accept a lesser percentage of density bonus.
411
B. For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C)(1), the density bonus will be calculated as follows:

Percentage (%) of Low Income Units Percentage (%) Density Bonus 10 20
11 21.5
12 23
13 24.5
14 26
15 27.5
16 29
17 30.5
18 32
19 33.5
20 35
21 38.75
22 42.5
23 46.25
24 50
C. For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C)(2), the density bonus will be calculated as follows:

Percentage (%) of Very Low Income Units Percentage (%) Density Bonus 5 20
6 22.5
7 25
8 27.5
9 30
10 32.5
11 35
12 38.75
13 42.5
14 46.25
15 50
D. For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C)(3) the density bonus will be 20% of the number of senior housing units. 412
E. For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C)(5) the density bonus shall be 20% of the number of the type of units giving rise to a density bonus under that subsection.

F. For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C)(6) the density bonus shall be 35% of the student housing units.

G. For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020)C)(7) the following shall apply:
(i) Except as otherwise provided in clauses (ii) and (iii), the density bonus shall be 80% of the number of units for lower income households. (ii) If the housing development is located within one-half mile of a major transit stop, the city shall not impose any maximum controls on density. (iii) If the housing development is located in a very low vehicle travel area, the city shall not impose any maximum controls on density.

H. For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C)(4), the density bonus will be calculated as follows:

Percentage (%) of Moderate Income Units Percentage (%) Density Bonus 10 5
11 6
12 7
13 8
14 9
15 10
16 11
17 12
18 13
19 14
20 15
21 16
22 17
23 18
24 19
25 20
26 21
27 22
28 23
29 24
30 25
31 26
413
32 27
33 28
34 29
35 30
36 31
37 32
38 33
39 34
40 35
41 38.75
42 42.5
43 46.25
44 50
I. All density calculations resulting in fractional units will be rounded up to the next whole number. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014)

17.290.060 Additional density bonus through donation of land.

A. Criteria for Additional Density Bonus. An applicant for a housing development will be eligible for the additional density bonus described in this section if all of the following conditions are met:

1. The applicant donates and transfers land to the City no later than the date of approval of the final subdivision map or parcel map or residential development application.

2. The developable acreage and zoning classification of the land being transferred are sufficient to permit construction of units affordable to very low income households, in an amount not less than 10% of the total number of residential units in the applicant’s proposed housing development.

3. The transferred land is at least one acre in size or of sufficient size to permit development of at least 40 units, has the appropriate general plan designation, is appropriately zoned for development as affordable housing at the density described in Government Code Section 65583.2(c)(3), and is or will be served by adequate public facilities and infrastructure.
a. The land must have appropriate zoning and development standards to make the development of the affordable units feasible.
b. No later than the date of approval of the final subdivision map, parcel map, or of the residential development, the transferred land must have all of the permits and approvals, other than building permits, necessary for the development of the very low income housing units on the transferred land, except that the local government may subject the proposed development to subsequent design review, to the extent authorized by
414
California Government Code Section 65583.2(i), if the design is not reviewed by the City prior to the time of transfer.

4. The transferred land and the affordable units will be subject to a deed restriction ensuring continued affordability of the units consistent with Section 17.290.020(E)(1) and (2), which restriction will be recorded on the property at the time of the transfer.

5. The land is transferred to the City or to a housing developer approved by the City. The City may require the applicant to identify and transfer the land to such housing developer.

6. The transferred land must be within the boundary of the proposed housing development or, if the City agrees, within one-quarter mile of the boundary of the proposed housing development.

7. A proposed source of funding for the very low income units shall be identified not later than the date of approval of the final subdivision map, parcel map, or residential development application.

B. Grant of Additional Density. When an applicant for a housing development approval donates land to the City that meets the criteria of subsection A of this section, the applicant will be entitled to an increase above the otherwise maximum allowable residential density under the applicable zoning and the land use designation of the General Plan for the entire development, as follows:

Percentage (%) of Very Low Income Percentage (%) Density Bonus 10 15
11 16
12 17
13 18
14 19
15 20
16 21
17 22
18 23
19 24
20 25
21 26
22 27
23 28
24 29
25 30
26 31
27 32
415
28 33
29 34
30 35
C. Limitations. This increase provided for in this section is in addition to any increase in density mandated by Section 17.290.020(C), up to a maximum combined density increase of 35%, if an applicant seeks increases required pursuant to both this section and Section 17.290.020(C).

1. All density calculations resulting in fractional units will be rounded up to the next whole number.

2. Nothing in this section will be construed to enlarge or diminish the authority of the City to require a developer to donate land as a condition of development. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014)

17.290.070 Additional density bonus or concession or incentive through provision of child care facility.

A. Grant of Additional Density or Concessions. When an applicant proposes to construct a housing development that conforms to the requirements of Section 17.290.020(C) and includes a child care facility that will be located on the premises of, as part of, or adjacent to, the housing development, the approval authority must grant one of the following:

1. An additional density bonus that is an amount of square feet of residential space that is equal to or greater than the amount of square feet in the child care facility; or

2. An additional concession or incentive that contributes significantly to the economic feasibility of the construction of the child care facility.

B. Conditions of Approval. The approval authority will require, as a condition of approving the housing development, that the following occur:

1. The child care facility must remain in operation for a period of time that is as long as or longer than the period of time during which the density bonus units are required to remain affordable pursuant to Section 17.290.020(E).

2. Of the children who attend the child care facility, the children of very low income households, lower income households, or moderate income households must equal a percentage that is equal to or greater than the percentage of dwelling units that are required for very low income households, lower income households, or moderate income households pursuant to Section

17.290.020(C).

C. Adequate Facilities Exception. Notwithstanding any requirement of this section, the Planning Commission or City Council is not required to provide a density bonus or concession for a child care facility if it finds, based upon substantial evidence, that the community has adequate child care facilities. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014) 416

17.290.080 City’s discretion in granting density bonus.

Nothing in this chapter will be construed to prohibit the approval authority from granting a density bonus greater than what is described in this chapter for a housing development that meets the requirements of this chapter, or from granting a proportionately lower density bonus than what is required by this chapter for housing developments that do not meet the requirements of this chapter. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014)

17.290.090 Parking requirements.

A. Maximum Ratios. Upon the request of the applicant, the City will not require a vehicular parking ratio, inclusive of handicapped and guest parking, of a housing development meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C) that exceeds the following ratios:

1. Zero to one bedroom: one on-site parking space.

2. Two to three bedrooms: one and a half on-site parking spaces.

3. Four and more bedrooms: two and one-half parking spaces.

B. Special Situations.

1. If a development includes at least 20% low-income units for housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C)(1) or at least 11% very low income units for housing developments meeting the criteria of Section

17.290.020(C)(2) is located within one-half mile of a major transit stop, and there is unobstructed access to the major transit stop from the development, then, upon the request of the developer, the city shall not impose a vehicular parking ratio, inclusive of parking for persons with a disability and guests, that exceeds 0.5 spaces per unit.

2. If a development consists solely of rental units, exclusive of a manager’s unit or units, with an affordable housing cost to lower income families, then, upon the request of the developer, the city shall not impose vehicular parking standards if the development meets either of the following criteria:
a. The development is located within one-half mile of a major transit stop and there is unobstructed access to the major transit stop from the development. b. The development is a for-rent housing development for individuals who are 62 years of age or older that complies with Sections 51.2 and 51.3 of the Civil Code and the development has either paratransit service or unobstructed access, within one-half mile, to fixed bus route service that operates at least eight times per day.

3. If a development meet the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C)(7), then, upon the request of the developer, the city shall not impose vehicular parking standards if the development meets any of the following criteria:
a. The development is located within one-half mile of a major transit stop and there is unobstructed access to the major transit stop from the development. 417
b. The development is a for-rent housing development for individuals who are 62 55 years of age or older that complies with Sections 51.2 and 51.3 of the Civil Code and the development has either paratransit service or unobstructed access, within one-half mile, to fixed bus route service that operates at least eight times per day.
c. The development is either a special needs housing development, as defined in Section 51312 of the Health and Safety Code, or a supportive housing development, as defined in Section 50675.14 of the Health and Safety Code. Development that is a special needs housing development shall have either paratransit service or unobstructed access, within one-half mile, to fixed bus route service that operates at least eight times per day.

B. Provision of Parking. If the total number of parking spaces required for a housing development is other than a whole number, the number will be rounded up to the next whole number. For purposes of this section, a housing development may provide “on-site parking” through tandem parking or uncovered parking, but not through on-street parking.

C. Additional Incentives. This section applies to a development that meets the requirements of Section 17.290.020(C), but only at the request of the applicant. An applicant may request additional parking incentives or concessions beyond those provided in this section, subject to Section 17.290.030. A request pursuant to this section shall neither reduce nor increase the number of incentives or concessions to which the applicant is entitled pursuant to Section 17.290.030. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014)

17.290.100 Interpretation.

The granting of a density bonus, concession or incentive pursuant to this chapter shall not be interpreted, in and of itself, to require a general plan amendment, local coastal plan amendment, zoning change, or other discretionary approval. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014) End
418

STAFF STRIKE-OUT / REDLINE VERSION

Chapter 17.290 DENSITY BONUSES AND OTHER INCENTIVES

17.290.010 Definitions.

For purposes of this chapter, the following definitions apply:
“Affordable housing cost” has the definition set forth in California Health and Safety Code Section 50052.5.
“Affordable rent” has the definition set forth in California Health and Safety Code Section 50053. “Approval authority” means the City Council, Planning Commission, or Director. The approval authority shall be the person or body that has the authority to approve the plot plan or other applications for the subject housing development under the Zoning Ordinance or Subdivision Ordinance.
“Child care facility” means a child daycare facility other than a family day care home, including, but not limited to, infant centers, preschools, extended day care facilities, and school age child care centers.
“Common interest development” has the definition set forth in California Civil Code Section 13514100.
“Concession” or “incentive” means any of the following:

1. A reduction in site development standards or a modification of Zoning Ordinance requirements or architectural design requirements that exceed the minimum building standards approved by the California Building Standards Commission, as provided in Part 2.5 (the State Building Code commencing with Health and Safety Code Section 18901) of Division 13 of the Health and Safety Code, including, but not limited to, a reduction in setback and square footage requirements, and in the ratio of vehicular parking spaces that would otherwise be required, that results in identifiable, financially sufficient, and actual cost reductions to provide for affordable housing costs or affordable rents.

2. Approval of mixed use zoning in conjunction with a housing project, if commercial, office, industrial or other land uses will reduce the cost of a housing development, and if the commercial, office, industrial or other land uses are compatible with the housing project and the existing or planned development in the area where the proposed housing project will be located.

3. Other regulatory incentives or concessions proposed by the applicant or the City that result in identifiable, financially sufficient and actual cost reductions to provide for affordable housing costs or affordable rents.

This definition does not limit or require the provision of direct financial incentives for a housing development, including the provision of publicly owned land by the City or the waiver of fees or dedication requirements.
“Density bonus” means a density increase over the otherwise maximum allowable residential density under the applicable Zoning Ordinance provisions and the land use element of the General Plan as of the date of application by the applicant to the City. “Development standard” means the a site or construction conditions, including but not limited to, a height limitation, a setback requirement, a floor area ratio, an onsite open-space requirement, or a parking ratio that applyies to a residential development pursuant to any ordinance, General Plan element, specific plan, or other city condition, law, policy, resolution or regulation. “Director” means the Planning Director or the Director’s designee. 419

“Housing development” means a development project for five or more residential units, including mixed use developments. “Housing development” also includes a subdivision or common interest development consisting of residential units or unimproved residential lots and either a project to substantially rehabilitate and convert an existing commercial building to residential use or the substantial rehabilitation of an existing multifamily dwelling where the result of the rehabilitation would be a net increase in the number of residential units. For the purpose of calculating a density bonus, the residential units shall be on contiguous sites that are the subject of one development application, but do not have to be based upon individual subdivision maps or parcels. The density bonus is permitted in geographic areas of the housing development other than the areas where the units for the lower income households are located.
“Lower income households” has the definition set forth in California Health and Safety Code Section 50079.5.
“Major transit stop” has the same meaning as defined in Public Resources Code Section 21155(b). “Maximum allowable residential density” means the density allowed under the Zoning Ordinance or General Plan land use designation for a parcel, or if a range of density is permitted, the highest allowable density within that range. If the density allowed under the zoning ordinance is inconsistent with the density allowed under the land use element of the general plan, the general plan density shall prevail.
“Moderate income households” has the definition for “persons or families of moderate income” set forth in California Health and Safety Code Section 50093(b). “Multifamily dwelling” has the definition set forth in California Government Code Section 65863.4(d).
“Senior citizen housing development” has the definition set forth in California Civil Code Section

51.3. “Specific, adverse impact” has the definition set forth in California Government Code Section 65589.5(d)(2).
“Total units,” “total dwelling units,” or “total rental beds” does not include units added by a density bonus awarded pursuant to this section or any local law granting a greater density bonus. “Very low income households” has the definition set forth in California Health & Safety Code Section 50105. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014)

17.290.020 General density bonus provisions.

A. Application. Any person that desires a density bonus must make an application on a form approved by the Director at the time of submitting an entitlement application for the housing development for which a density bonus is requested.

B. Incentives and Concessions. When an applicant seeks a density bonus for a housing development or for the donation of land for housing within the City, the City must provide the applicant incentives or concessions for the production of housing units and child care facilities as provided in this chapter.

C. Available Density Bonus Options. The Planning Commission or City Councilapproval authority will grant one density bonus, the amount of which will be as specified in Section 17.290.050, and incentives or concessions as described in Section 17.290.030, when an applicant for a housing development seeks and agrees to construct a housing development, excluding any units permitted by the density bonus awarded pursuant to this chapter, that will contain at least one of the following:

1. 10% percent of the total units of a housing development for lower income households. 420

2. Five percent5% of the total units of a housing development for very low income households.

43. A senior citizen housing development.

34. 10% of the total dwelling units in a common interest development for moderate income households, provided that all units in the housing development are offered to the public for purchase.

4. A senior citizen housing development.5. 10% of the total units of a housing development for transitional foster youth, as defined in Section 66025.9 of the Education Code, disabled veterans, as defined in Section 18541, or homeless persons, as defined in the federal McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 11301 et seq.).

6. 20% of the total units for lower income students in a student housing development that meets the requirements of Government Code Section 65915(b)(1)(F).

7. 100% of all units in the development, including total units and density bonus units, but exclusive of a manger’s unit or units, are for lower income households, except that up to 20% of the units in the development, including total units and density bonus units, may be for moderate-income households.

D. Applicant’s Election of Basis for Bonus. For purposes of calculating the amount of the density bonus pursuant to Section 17.290.050, the applicant who requests a density bonus pursuant to this section must elect whether the bonus will be awarded on the basis of subsection (C)(1), (2), (3), or (4), (5), (6), or (7) of this section.

E. Continued Affordability.

1. An applicant must agree to the continued affordability of all low and very low income rental units that qualified the applicant for the award of the density bonus for 30 55 years or a longer period of time if required by any applicable construction or mortgage financing assistance program, mortgage insurance program, or rental subsidy program. a. Rents for the lower income density bonus units in a housing development receiving a density bonus under subsections (C)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5) or (6) must be set at an affordable rent. The units described in subsection (C)(5) shall be provided at the same affordability level as very low income units. Owner-occupied units must be available at an affordable housing cost.
b. Rents for all units in a housing development receiving a density bonus under subsection (C)(7) shall be as follows:
i. The rent for at least 20 percent of the units in the development shall be set at an affordable rent.
ii. The rent for the remaining units in the development shall be set at an amount consistent with the maximum rent levels for a housing development that receives an allocation of state or federal low-income housing tax credits from the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee.

2. An applicant must agree that the initial occupant of all for-sale units that qualified the applicant for the award of the density bonus are persons of very low, low, orthe moderate income, as required, units that are directly related to the receipt of the density bonus in a common interest development are moderate income households and that the units are offered at an affordable housing cost. The City will require an equity-sharing agreement, unless such an agreement would be in conflict with the requirements of another public funding source or law.

The following apply to the equity sharing agreement:
421

a. Upon resale, the seller of the unit may retain the value of any improvements, the down payment, and the seller’s proportionate share of appreciation. The City will recapture any initial subsidy and its proportionate share of appreciation, if any, which amount must then be used within five years for any of the purposes that promote home ownership, as described in California Health and Safety Code Section 33334.2(e). b. The City’s initial subsidy will be equal to the fair market value of the home at the time of initial sale, minus the initial sale price to the moderate income household, plus the amount of any down payment assistance or mortgage assistance. If upon resale the market value is lower than the initial market value, then the value at the time of the resale will be used as the initial market value.
c. The City’s proportionate share of appreciation will be equal to the ratio of the initial subsidy to the fair market value of the unit at the time of initial sale.

F. Eligibility. An applicant shall be ineligible for a density bonus or any other incentives or concessions under this chapter if the housing development is proposed on any property that includes a parcel or parcels on which rental dwelling units are or, if the dwelling units have been vacated or demolished in the five-year period preceding the application, have been subject to a recorded covenant, ordinance, or law that restricts rents to levels affordable to persons and families of lower or very low income; subject to any other form of rent or price control through a public entity’s valid exercise of its police power; or occupied by lower or very low income households, unless the proposed housing development replaces those units, as “replace” is defined in Government Code Section 65915(c)(3)(B), and either of the following applies:
a. The proposed housing development, inclusive of the units replaced pursuant to this paragraph, contains affordable units at the percentages set forth in subsection (C) of this section. b. Each unit in the development, exclusive of a manager’s unit or units, is affordable to, and occupied by, either a lower or very low income household. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014)

17.290.030 Incentives and concessions.

A. Proposal by Applicant. An applicant for a density bonus pursuant to Section 17.290.020 may submit a proposal for the specific incentives or concessions that the applicant requests pursuant to this chapter, and may request a meeting with the Director.

B. Number of Incentives. Subject to subsection C of this section, the applicant will receive the following number of incentives or concessions:

1. One incentive or concession for housing developments that include at least 10% of the total units for lower income households, at least five percent5% for very low income households, or at least 10% for moderate income households in a common interest development.

2. Two incentives or concessions for housing developments that include at least 2017% of the total units for lower income households, at least 10% for very low income households, or at least 20% for moderate income households in a common interest development.

3. Three incentives or concessions for housing developments that include at least 3024% of the total units for lower income households, at least 15% for very low income households, or at least 30% for moderate income households in a common interest development.

4. Four incentives or concessions for housing developments that include 100% of the total units, not including manager’s units, for lower income households, except that up to 20% of the units may be for moderate-income households. If the project is located within one-half mile of a major transit stop, the applicant shall also receive a height increase of up to three additional stories, or 33 feet.
422

C. Findings. The Planning Commission or City Councilapproval authority must grant the concessions or incentives requested by the applicant, unless it makes a written finding, based upon substantial evidence, that:

1. The concession or incentive does not result in identifiable and actual cost reductions is not required in order to provide for affordable housing costs, or for affordable rents for the targeted units to be set as specified in Section 17.290.020(E);

2. The concession or incentive would have a specific, adverse impact upon public health and safety, or the physical environment, or on any real property listed in the California Register of Historical Resources, and there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact without rendering the development unaffordable to low and moderate income households; or

3. The concession or improvement would be contrary to state or federal law. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014)

17.290.040 Waiver or reduction of development standards.

A. Proposal by Applicant. An applicant may submit to the City a proposal for the waiver or reduction of development standards that the applicant believes will have the effect of physically precluding the construction of a the proposed housing development that meets the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C) at the densities or with the concessions or incentives permitted by this chapter, and may request a meeting with the Director. Such A proposal for the waiver or reduction of development standards shall neithermay not reduce nor increase the number of incentives or concessions that the applicant is entitled to under Section 17.290.030.

B. Findings. The Planning Commission or City Councilapproval authority must waive or reduce the development standard requested by the applicant, unless it makes a written finding, based upon substantial evidence, that:

1. The development standard does not physically preclude the construction of the proposed housing development at the densities or with the concessions or incentive permitted by this chapter;

2. The waiver or reduction would have a specific, adverse impact upon public health and safety, or the physical environment, or on any real property listed in the California Register of Historical Resources, and there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact; or

23. The waiver or reduction would be contrary to state or federal law. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014)

17.290.050 Calculation of density bonus.

A. The amount of density bonus to which the applicant is entitled will vary according to the amount by which the percentage of affordable housing units exceeds the percentage established in Section 17.290.020(C). The applicant may elect to accept a lesser percentage of density bonus.

B. For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C)(1), the density bonus will be calculated as follows:

Percentage (%) of Low Income Units Percentage (%) Density Bonus 10 20
11 21.5
12 23
423

13 24.5
14 26
15 27.5
16 29
17 30.5
18 32
19 33.5
20 35
21 38.75
22 42.5
23 46.25
24 50

C. For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C)(2), the density bonus will be calculated as follows:

Percentage (%) of Very Low Income Units Percentage (%) Density Bonus 5 20
6 22.5
7 25
8 27.5
9 30
10 32.5
11 35
12 38.75
13 42.5
14 46.25
15 50

D. For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C)(43) the density bonus will be 20% of the number of senior housing units.

E. For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C)(5) the density bonus shall be 20% of the number of the type of units giving rise to a density bonus under that subsection.

F. For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C)(6) the density bonus shall be 35% of the student housing units.

G. For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020)C)(7) the following shall apply:
424

(i) Except as otherwise provided in clause (ii), the density bonus shall be 80% of the number of units for lower income households.
(ii) If the housing development is located within one-half mile of a major transit stop, the city shall not impose any maximum controls on density.

EH. For housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C)(43), the density bonus will be calculated as follows:

Percentage (%) of Moderate Income Units Percentage (%) Density Bonus 10 5
11 6
12 7
13 8
14 9
15 10
16 11
17 12
18 13
19 14
20 15
21 16
22 17
23 18
24 19
25 20
26 21
27 22
28 23
29 24
30 25
31 26
32 27
33 28
34 29
35 30
36 31
37 32
38 33
39 34
425

40 35
41 38.75
42 42.5
43 46.25
44 50

F. All density calculations resulting in fractional units will be rounded up to the next whole number. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014)

17.290.060 Additional density bonus through donation of land.

A. Criteria for Additional Density Bonus. An applicant for a housing development will be eligible for the additional density bonus described in this section if all of the following conditions are met:

1. The applicant donates and transfers land to the City no later than the date of approval of the final subdivision map or parcel map or residential development application.

2. The developable acreage and zoning classification of the land being transferred are sufficient to permit construction of units affordable to very low income households, in an amount not less than 10% of the total number of residential units in the applicant’s proposed housing development.

3. The transferred land is at least one acre in size or of sufficient size to permit development of at least 40 units, has the appropriate general plan designation, is appropriately zoned for development as affordable housing at the density described in Government Code Section 65583.2(c)(3), and is or will be served by adequate public facilities and infrastructure. a. The land must have appropriate zoning and development standards to make the development of the affordable units feasible.
b. No later than the date of approval of the final subdivision map, parcel map, or of the residential development, the transferred land must have all of the permits and approvals, other than building permits, necessary for the development of the very low income housing units on the transferred land, except that the local government may subject the proposed development to subsequent design review, to the extent authorized by California Government Code Section 65583.2(i), if the design is not reviewed by the City prior to the time of transfer.

4. The transferred land and the affordable units will be subject to a deed restriction ensuring continued affordability of the units consistent with Section 17.290.020(E)(1) and (2), which restriction will be recorded on the property at the time of the transfer.

5. The land is transferred to the City or to a housing developer approved by the City. The City may require the applicant to identify and transfer the land to such housing developer.

6. The transferred land must be within the boundary of the proposed housing development or, if the City agrees, within one-quarter mile of the boundary of the proposed housing development.

7. A proposed source of funding for the very low income units shall be identified not later than the date of approval of the final subdivision map, parcel map, or residential development application.

B. Grant of Additional Density. When an applicant for a housing development approval donates land to the City that meets the criteria of subsection A of this section, the applicant will be entitled 426

to an increase above the otherwise maximum allowable residential density under the applicable zoning and the land use designation of the General Plan for the entire development, as follows:

Percentage (%) of Very Low Income Percentage (%) Density Bonus 10 15
11 16
12 17
13 18
14 19
15 20
16 21
17 22
18 23
19 24
20 25
21 26
22 27
23 28
24 29
25 30
26 31
27 32
28 33
29 34
30 35

C. Limitations. This increase provided for in this section is in addition to any increase in density mandated by Section 17.290.020(C), up to a maximum combined density increase of 35%, if an applicant seeks increases required pursuant to both this section and Section 17.290.020(C).

1. All density calculations resulting in fractional units will be rounded up to the next whole number.

2. Nothing in this section will be construed to enlarge or diminish the authority of the City to require a developer to donate land as a condition of development. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014)

17.290.070 Additional density bonus or concession or incentive through provision of child care facility.

A. Grant of Additional Density or Concessions. When an applicant proposes to construct a housing development that conforms to the requirements of Section 17.290.020(C) and includes a child care facility that will be located on the premises of, as part of, or adjacent to, the housing 427

development, the Planning Commission or City Councilapproval authority must grant one of the following:

1. An additional density bonus that is an amount of square feet of residential space that is equal to or greater than the amount of square feet in the child care facility; or

2. An additional concession or incentive that contributes significantly to the economic feasibility of the construction of the child care facility.

B. Conditions of Approval. The Planning Commission or City Councilapproval authority will require, as a condition of approving the housing development, that the following occur:

1. The child care facility must remain in operation for a period of time that is as long as or longer than the period of time during which the density bonus units are required to remain affordable pursuant to Section 17.290.020(E).

2. Of the children who attend the child care facility, the children of very low income households, lower income households, or moderate income households must equal a percentage that is equal to or greater than the percentage of dwelling units that are required for very low income households, lower income households, or moderate income households pursuant to Section 17.290.020(C).

C. Adequate Facilities Exception. Notwithstanding any requirement of this section, the Planning Commission or City Council is not required to provide a density bonus or concession for a child care facility if it finds, based upon substantial evidence, that the community has adequate child care facilities. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014)

17.290.080 City’s discretion in granting density bonus.

Nothing in this chapter will be construed to prohibit the Planning Commission or City Councilapproval authority from granting a density bonus greater than what is described in this chapter for a housing development that meets the requirements of this chapter, or from granting a proportionately lower density bonus than what is required by this chapter for housing developments that do not meet the requirements of this chapter. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014)

17.290.090 Parking requirements.

A. Maximum Ratios. Upon the request of the applicant, the City will not require a vehicular parking ratio, inclusive of handicapped and guest parking, of a housing development meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C) that exceeds the following ratios:

1. Zero to one bedrooms: one on-site parking space.

2. Two to three bedrooms: two one and a half on-site parking spaces.

3. Four and more bedrooms: two and one-half parking spaces.

B. Special Situations.

1. If a development includes at least 20% low-income units for housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C)(1) or at least 11% very low income units for housing developments meeting the criteria of Section 17.290.020(C)(2) is located within one-half mile of a major transit stop, and there is unobstructed access to the major transit stop from the development, then, upon the request of the developer, the city shall not impose a vehicular parking ratio, inclusive of parking for persons with a disability and guests, that exceeds 0.5 spaces per unit.

2. If a development consists solely of rental units, exclusive of a manager’s unit or units, with an affordable housing cost to lower income families, then, upon the request of the developer, the city shall not impose vehicular parking standards if the development meets either of the following criteria:
428

a. The development is located within one-half mile of a major transit stop and there is unobstructed access to the major transit stop from the development. b. The development is a for-rent housing development for individuals who are 62 years of age or older that complies with Sections 51.2 and 51.3 of the Civil Code and the development has either paratransit service or unobstructed access, within one-half mile, to fixed bus route service that operates at least eight times per day.

3. If a development consists solely of rental units, exclusive of a manager’s unit or units, with an affordable housing cost to lower income families and the development is either a special needs housing development, as defined in Section 51312 of the Health and Safety Code, or a supportive housing development, as defined in Section 50675.14 of the Health and Safety Code, then, upon the request of the developer, the city shall not impose any minimum vehicular parking requirement. A development that is a special needs housing development shall have either paratransit service or unobstructed access, within one-half mile, to fixed bus route service that operates at least eight times per day.

B. Provision of Parking. If the total number of parking spaces required for a housing development is other than a whole number, the number will be rounded up to the next whole number. For purposes of this section, a housing development may provide “on-site parking” through tandem parking or uncovered parking, but not through on-street parking.

C. Additional Incentives. This section applies to a development that meets the requirements of Section 17.290.020(C), but only at the request of the applicant. An applicant may request additional parking incentives or concessions beyond those provided in this chaptersection, subject to Section 17.290.030. A request pursuant to this section shall neither reduce nor increase the number of incentives or concessions to which the applicant is entitled pursuant to Section 17.290.030. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014)

17.290.100 Interpretation.

The granting of a density bonus, concession or incentive pursuant to this chapter shall not be interpreted, in and of itself, to require a general plan amendment, local coastal plan amendment, zoning change, or other discretionary approval. (Ord. 88 § 2, 2014)

429

CITY OF WILDOMAR

CC - REGULAR MEETING

PUBLIC HEARING
Agenda Staff Report # 2.2
Meeting Date: March
8, 2023
SUBJECT:

Zoning Ordinance Amendment No. 2023-02 (Group Homes)
SUBMITTED BY:

Matthew Bassi
PREPARED BY:

Erica Vega

ACTION:

The Planning Commission recommends the City Council take the following actions:

1) Find and determine that approval of Zoning Ordinance Amendment No. 2023-02 meet the findings for a General Rule Exemption in accordance with Section 15061(B)(3) of CEQA; and

2) Introduce and approve the first reading of an Ordinance entitled:

ORDINANCE NO. ___

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF WILDOMAR, CALIFORNIA, ADDING CHAPTER 17.320 (BOARDING HOUSES AND GROUP HOMES) TO TITLE 17 (ZONING) AND AMENDING SECTION 17.208.010 OF THE WILDOMAR MUNICIPAL CODE

REGULATING BOARDING HOUSES AND GROUP HOMES, AND FINDING THIS

ORDINANCE TO BE EXEMPT FROM CEQA REVIEW PURSUANT TO CEQA GUIDELINES SECTION 15061(B)(3)
SUMMARY:

The Wildomar Zoning Ordinance contains provisions permitting State-licensed residential care facilities, transitional housing, supportive housing, and emergency shelters in compliance with State law. The Zoning Code does not, however, contain any provisions regarding other types of group living arrangements except for a requirement that a “halfway house” obtain a Public Use Permit. The term halfway house is not defined. Thus, staff has proposed an amendment to the Zoning Ordinance (ZOA No. 2023-02) to address this.

Planning Commission Action:

The Planning Commission reviewed Zoning Ordinance Amendment No. 2023-02 at their 430
February 1, 2023 meeting. There were no speakers either for or against the proposed code amendment. After Commission deliberations, the Commission voted 5 - 0 to adopt PC Resolution No. 2023-02 recommending City Council approval of Zoning Ordinance Amendment No. 2023-02.

DISCUSSION:

The intent of this Ordinance is to fill the gaps in the Zoning Code pertaining to group living arrangements. Specifically, the Ordinance regulates the following uses:

USE

SUMMARY OF DEFINITION
Boarding House Dwelling where room(s) are rented to persons under 2+ separate agreements.

Group Home A boarding house where the occupants are persons with a disability and they are not living together as household.

Parolee-Probationer A boarding house that houses 2+ parolees or probationers and they are not living together as a household.

Home

The ordinance proposes to allow these uses as follows:
• Boarding Houses – allowed with CUP in the R-2 and R-3 zones. • Large Group Homes (7+ residents) – allowed with CUP in the R-2 and R-3 zones. • Small Group Homes (2-6 residents) – permitted in all residential zones with a small group home permit.
• Parolee-Probationer Home – allowed with CUP in R-R and R-A zones; prohibited in or adjacent to any other residential zones.

For the uses requiring a CUP, additional findings are required to approve the CUP above and beyond the standard CUP findings. These findings are aimed at ensuring the use does not negatively impact the neighborhood or create an overconcentration of group living uses in the area. These findings are set forth in full in Section 17.320.080 of the proposed ordinance. By way of example, findings include:
• The use must have sufficient on-site parking.
• The use is compatible with the neighborhood, taking into account proximity to other similar uses, schools, parks, and whether there are existing substandard conditions on the site. • No other homes operated by the applicant have been found to be operated in substantial or persistent violation of state or local law.
• The use will not generate van, bus or other passenger vehicle traffic that is substantially greater than what is normal for the neighborhood.

A small group home permit is an administrative permit. The Community Development Director will approve any complete application for a small group home permit that is submitted and meets the requirements of the ordinance unless they find that information that was submitted is materially false, misleading or inaccurate, or that the applicant or property owners “have a 431
pattern or practice of operating similar uses or group homes in or out of the city in violation of state or local law.”

The ordinance contains operational standards applicable to all boarding houses, group homes, and parolee-probationer homes. These standards are listed in their entirety in Section

17.320.090 of the proposed ordinance. By way of example, standards include:
• There must be an operations and management plan for the use on file with the city and the use must be operated consistent with the plan. This must include house rules and an on-site house manager who is responsible for enforcement.
• The use must provide indoor and outdoor common areas for use by the residents. • No services that require State licensing can be provided on-site. • No more than 2 residents per bedroom
• Separation requirements:
o Group homes cannot be within 600 feet of another group home, State-licensed residential care facility, or parolee-probationer home. o All other boarding houses (including parolee-probationer homes) cannot be within 1000 feet of any other boarding house, group home, State-licensed residential care facility. o Parolee-probationer homes cannot be within 1000 feet of any child day care center, public or private elementary or secondary school, park, public library, public swimming pool, a commercial establishment with an on-site children's playground, or any place where classes or group activities for children are regularly held.

CEQA Discussion:

The City Council finds that the adoption of this ordinance is exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to the “common sense” exemption in CEQA Guideline 15061(b)(3). This ordinance does not have any potential for causing significant impacts on the environment in that it limits the use of existing residential structures for commercial boarding houses and group homes. The negative environmental impacts of such commercial uses are not significantly different than those that would be generated by using those structures for their intended residential uses. Therefore, it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the adoption of this ordinance may have a significant effect on the environment.

Findings of Fact for ZOA 2023-02:

In accordance with the provisions of Chapter 17.280 of the Zoning Ordinance, the City Council makes the following finding in support of approving Zoning Ordinance Amendment No. 2022-

05. A. The proposed amendment is consistent with the City of Wildomar General Plan and Zoning Ordinance.

Evidence:

The proposed code amendment is consistent with the City of Wildomar General 432
Plan in that the fundamental objective of the City’s General Plan and residential zoning program, as provided in Chapter 17 of the City’s Municipal Code, is to provide opportunities for safe and decent housing for all individuals of all income levels while preserving the quality and character of residential neighborhoods by protecting such neighborhoods from the undue intrusion from transitory and institutional residential uses, such as boarding houses, dormitories, hotels, and convalescent homes, and by preserving individual dwelling units for occupancy and use by single housekeeping units, including the traditional family.

Public Noticing:

In accordance with Chapter 17.04 and 17.280 of the Wildomar Municipal Code, the Planning Department on February 24, 2023 published a legal notice in the Press Enterprise, a local newspaper of general circulation, notifying the general public of the March 8, 2023 City Council meeting where the Council would discuss Zoning Ordinance Amendment No. 2023-

02. Since this code amendment is not a development project, the provisions of Ordinance 135 requiring public hearing sign boards do not apply.

Incorporated Herein By Reference The Following:
• City of Wildomar General Plan and General Plan EIR • City of Wildomar Zoning Ordinance (Title 17 of the WMC)

FISCAL IMPACT:

In Fiscal Year 2021/2022, the City Council appropriated $10,000 to prepare Zoning Ordinance Amendment No. 2023-01. All staff and city attorney time working on the code update has been charged to this account (#100-430-4300-52133). As of today’s report, there is approximately $6,500 to complete this effort.

ACCOUNT CODE:
#100-430-4300-52133

ATTACHMENTS:

Attach A - ZOA 2023-02 CC Ordinance 2-22-23.docx
433

ATTACHMENT A
Council Ordinance for ZOA 2023-02
434
ORDINANCE NO. _____

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
WILDOMAR, CALIFORNIA, ADDING CHAPTER 17.320
(BOARDING HOUSES AND GROUP HOMES) TO TITLE 17
(ZONING) AND AMENDING SECTION 17.208.010 OF THE

WILDOMAR MUNICIPAL CODE REGULATING BOARDING

HOUSES AND GROUP HOMES, AND FINDING THIS

ORDINANCE TO BE EXEMPT FROM CEQA REVIEW
PURSUANT TO CEQA GUIDELINE 15061(B)(3)
WHEREAS, the federal Fair Housing Act, as amended, (42 U.S.C. § 3601 et seq.), the California Community Care Facilities Act (Health & Safety Code § 1500 et. seq.), and the California Fair Housing and Employment Act (Government Code § 12900 et seq.,), together with published judicial decisions interpreting those laws (collectively the “Fair Housing Laws”), provide protections for individuals with disabilities, including the right to an equal opportunity to use and enjoy housing, and require the City to grant a reasonable accommodation in its zoning ordinances and policies where necessary to afford disabled persons such equal opportunity, but such laws do not preempt local zoning laws nor prohibit the City from adopting zoning ordinances to protect the public health, safety and welfare.; and
WHEREAS, the fundamental objective of the City’s General Plan and residential zoning program, as provided in Chapter 17 of the City’s Municipal Code, is to provide opportunities for safe and decent housing for all individuals of all income levels while preserving the quality and character of residential neighborhoods by protecting such neighborhoods from the undue intrusion from transitory and institutional residential uses, such as boarding houses, dormitories, hotels, and convalescent homes, and by preserving individual dwelling units for occupancy and use by single housekeeping units, including the traditional family; and
WHEREAS, unlicensed group homes can provide safe accommodations for disabled persons, but without regulatory oversight by the State of California the City must ensure that these facilities are being operated in a safe manner and do not unduly negatively impact the surrounding uses; and
WHEREAS, the American Planning Association’s Policy Guide on Community Residences recommends that communities should avoid concentrating or clustering group homes for the disabled in any single block or any single neighborhood because doing so compromises the ability of such group homes to achieve normalization and community integration; and
WHEREAS, in a good faith effort to comply with the Fair Housing Laws and as a means of recognizing the right of individuals with disabilities to reasonable accommodation and equal access to housing, while maintaining the City’s legitimate interest in local land use regulation, the City Council has determined adopting this 435
Ordinance best serves the public’s interest and the general health, safety or welfare of the residents of the City; and
WHEREAS, by means of this Ordinance, the City desires to maintain zoning requirements preserving the quality and character of residential neighborhoods while providing zoning provisions in accordance with the Fair Housing Laws that benefit disabled persons by permitting disabled persons to live in group homes in residential districts in such a manner as to avoid clustering and overconcentration and to ensure that such uses are in compliance with City, state and federal laws and regulations.

NOW, THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of Wildomar ordains as follows:

SECTION 1. ADDITION OF CHAPTER 17.320.

A new Chapter 17.320 is hereby added to the Wildomar Municipal Code as shown in Exhibit “A” attached hereto.

SECTION 2. AMENDMENT OF SECTION 17.208.010.

Section 17.208.010 listing the uses permitted in any zone classification with a Public Use Permit is hereby amended to delete “Half-way house” from the list of uses.

SECTION 3. CEQA.

The City Council finds that the adoption of this ordinance is exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to the “common sense” exemption in CEQA Guideline 15061(b)(3). This ordinance does not have any potential for causing significant impacts on the environment in that it limits the use of existing residential structures for commercial boarding houses and group homes. The negative environmental impacts of such commercial uses are not significantly different than those that would be generated by using those structures for their intended residential uses.

Therefore, it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the adoption of this ordinance may have a significant effect on the environment.

SECTION 4. SEVERABILITY
If any chapter, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion of this ordinance, is for any reason held to be invalid or unconstitutional by the decision of any court of competent jurisdiction, such decision will not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this ordinance. The City Council hereby declares that it would have adopted this ordinance, and each Chapter, subsection, subdivision, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more Sections, subsections, subdivisions, sentences, clauses, phrases, or portions thereof be declared invalid or unconstitutional.”
SECTION 5. EFFECTIVE DATE.

This ordinance shall take effect thirty (30) days after its passage by the City Council.
436
SECTION 6. CITY CLERK ACTION
The City Clerk is authorized and directed to cause this Ordinance to be published within fifteen (15) days after its passage in a newspaper of general circulation and circulated within the City in accordance with Government Code Chapter 36933(a) or, to cause this Ordinance to be published in the manner required by law using the alternative summary and posting procedure authorized under Government Code Chapter 39633(c).

INTRODUCED AND APPROVED FOR FIRST READING this 8th, day of March, 2023. ___________________________
Joseph Morabito
Mayor
APPROVED AS TO FORM: ATTEST:
____________________________ ___________________________ Thomas D. Jex Janet Morales, CMC
City Attorney City Clerk
437
EXHIBIT “A”
Chapter 17.320 BOARDING HOUSES AND GROUP HOMES

17.320.010 Purpose.

This Chapter 17.320, as part of the city's overall zoning regulations and in the exercise of its police powers to protect the public health safety and welfare, seeks to preserve the quality and character of the community's single-family and multifamily neighborhoods by limiting, and where appropriate prohibiting, the operation of housing that is commercial or institutional in nature, such as boarding houses and other group homes, to zones within the city that are best suited to accommodate impacts and needs of those housing types.

In adopting this Chapter 17.320, the city is mindful that the fair housing laws provide individuals with a disability the right to an equal opportunity to use and enjoy housing, and that the city may need to provide reasonable accommodation in the city's zoning ordinances and policies where necessary to afford disabled persons such equal opportunity. This Chapter 17.320 establishes regulations to avoid clustering and overconcentration of such uses subject to the city's reasonable accommodation provisions in Chapter 17.295. Finally, this Chapter 17.320 serves to protect all residents from the negative impacts of multiple parolees housed in individual dwellings.

17.320.020 Definitions.

For the purposes of this Chapter 17.320, the following definitions shall apply:
“Boarding house” means a residence or dwelling, other than a hotel, wherein a room or rooms, with or without individual or group cooking facilities, are rented, leased or subleased under two or more separate written or oral rental agreements, leases or subleases, whether or not the owner, agent or rental manager resides within the dwelling unit. Transitional housing and supportive housing, as defined in Health & Safety Code sections 50675.2(h) and 50675.14(b)(2), are not boarding houses for the purposes of this chapter.
“Disabled” or “individual with a disability” means an individual with a qualifying disability under federal and state fair housing laws. Generally, any person with any mental or physical impairment, disorder or condition, which substantially limits one or more major life activities, including physical, mental and social activities and working. “Disabled” or “individual with a disability” does not include impairments, disorders or conditions resulting from the current, illegal use of or addiction to a controlled substance, sexual behavior disorders, compulsive gambling, kleptomania, or pyromania. “Fair housing laws” means the federal Fair Housing Act (42 U.S.C. § 3601 et seq.), the California Community Care Facilities Act (Health and Safety Code § 1500 et seq.), the California Fair Housing and Employment Act (Government Code § 12900 et seq.), and Civil Code § 54, together with published judicial decisions interpreting those laws. “Group home” means any boarding house that provides temporary, interim, or permanent housing to individuals where every person residing in the dwelling is an individual with a disability, and the individuals are not living as a single housekeeping unit. State-licensed 438
residential care facilities, as defined in Section 17.300.020, are not group homes for the purposes of this chapter.
(1) “Large group home” means a group home in which seven (7) or more individuals reside.
(2) “Small group home” means a group home in which six (6) or fewer individuals reside.
“Operator” means any entity(ies) or person(s) who owns, manages, or operates a group home or boarding house.
“Parolee-probationer” means (i) any individual who has been convicted of a federal crime, sentenced to a United States prison, and received conditional or revocable release into the community under the supervision of a federal parole officer: (ii) any individual who has served a term of imprisonment in a state prison and who is serving a period of parole supervision or post release community supervision under the jurisdiction of the California Department of Corrections; (iii) any individual who has been convicted of a felony, sentenced to any correctional facility, including county correctional facilities, and is under the jurisdiction of any federal, state, or county parole or probation officer; or (iv) any person released to post release community supervision under the "Post release Community Supervision Act of 2011" (Penal Code § 3450 et seq.). For purposes of this paragraph "felony" means a felony as defined in any California or United States statute. “Parolee-probationer home” means any boarding house, whether owned or operated by an individual or a for-profit or nonprofit entity, which houses two or more parolee- probationers not living as a single housekeeping unit, in exchange for monetary or nonmonetary consideration given and/or paid by the parolee-probationer and/or any public or private entity or person on behalf of the parolee-probationer. “Single housekeeping unit” means an interactive group of persons jointly residing in a single dwelling unit exercising joint responsibility for and use of the dwelling's common areas, jointly sharing household expenses, jointly sharing household activities and responsibilities such as meals, chores, and household maintenance. The residents of a boarding house are not a single housekeeping unit. If a dwelling is leased or rented under a single written or oral lease or rental agreement, the makeup of the group of persons occupying the unit must be determined by the residents of the dwelling, not the landlord or property manager, to be a single housekeeping unit.

17.320.030 Applicability.

The provisions of this chapter shall apply to all boarding houses, parolee-probationer homes and group homes, and to all persons who own, manage, or operate them. This chapter does not apply to State-licensed residential care facilities, as defined in Section

17.300.020, or transitional or supportive housing, as defined in Health & Safety Code sections 50675.2(h) and 50675.14(b)(2).
439

17.320.040 Permitted locations.
(a) Boarding houses are permitted with a conditional use permit in the R-2 and R-3 zones. (b) Large group homes are permitted with a conditional use permit in the R-2 and R-3 zones.
(c) Small group homes are permitted with a small group home permit in the R-R, R-A, R- 1, R-2, R-3, R-4, R-5 and R-6 zones.
(d) Parolee-probationer homes are prohibited in or adjacent to the R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4, R- 5 and R-6 zones. Subject to a conditional use permit, parolee-probationer homes are permitted in the R-R and R-A zones.

17.320.050 Reasonable accommodation.

Any individual with a disability, or their representative, or a developer or provider of housing for individuals with a disability may seek a reasonable accommodation from the provisions of this chapter under Chapter 17.295 of this code.

17.320.060 Application for a small group home permit.
(a) Any person or entity seeking to establish a small group home as allowed by section

17.320.040(c) shall first apply to the community development director, or designee for a small group home permit. The application for a small group home permit shall include the following information:
(1) Client profile (the subgroup of the population the facility is intended to serve such as single men, families, elderly, minor children, developmentally disabled, etc.); (2) The maximum number of occupants and the facility's hours of operation; (3) The term of client stay;
(4) The support services to be provided on-site and projected staffing levels; (5) The names of all persons and entities with an ownership or leasehold interest in the property, or who will be an operator of the small group home; (6) The group home ownership, permit and license history of the applicant and all persons and entities with an ownership or leasehold interest in the property, or who will be an operator of the small group home, including the name and addresses of similar group homes in the State of California owned or operated within the past five years; (7) A certification under penalty of perjury that none of the identified group homes have been found by state or local authorities to be operating in violation of state or local law; and
(8) A copy of the proposed house rules required by section 17.320.090(j)(1). (9) Information demonstrating that the premises are in compliance with, or will prior to occupancy be brought into compliance with, the standards set forth in section

17.320.090 of this chapter.
440
(10) The inspection and report of the fire marshal and building official showing that the premises to be used are suitable under applicable uniform building and related codes to safely house the number of persons identified for residency in the small group home.

The building official shall determine the applicable use and occupancy classification for the premises for the purposes of the application of the uniform building and related codes. (11) The use or home shall provide certification, if available, from a governmental agency or qualified nonprofit organization and such certification is a generally accepted practice or standard among the owners, operators, profession, or industry related to the use or home.
(b) The community development director, or designee shall grant the permit within 30 days after determining that the application for a small group home permit is complete.

The director shall not deny an application for a small group home permit unless the director determines that the application is incomplete or, after reasonable investigation, the director determines that:
(1) The applicant has provided information that is materially false, misleading or inaccurate or has made material misstatements on the application; or (2) The applicant, or any persons and entities with an ownership or leasehold interest in the property, or who will be an operator of the small group home have a pattern or practice of operating similar uses or group homes in or out of the city in violation of state or local law.

17.320.070 Application for a conditional use permit.

An application for a conditional use permit shall be filed and processed with the city as provided in chapter 17.200 of this code. In addition to the application requirements in section 17.200.020, the application shall also include the application requirements contained in section 17.320.060(a)(1) through (11).

17.320.080 Findings for conditional use permits.

In addition to the findings applicable to conditional use permits under section 17.200.050, the decision making body shall make the following supplemental findings before approving or conditionally approving a conditional use permit for a boarding house, group home, or parolee-probationer home required to obtain a conditional use permit under this chapter:
(a) The boarding house, group home or parolee-probationer home includes sufficient on- site parking and traffic and transportation impacts have been mitigated to a level of insignificance.
(b) The boarding house, group home or parolee-probationer home conforms to all applicable development standards.
(c) The property upon and structure(s) within which a boarding house, group home or parolee-probationer home will be located is physically suited to accommodate the use. (d) The boarding house, group home or parolee-probationer home will be compatible with the character of the surrounding neighborhood, and the addition or continued 441
maintenance of the use will not contribute to changing the residential character of the neighborhood, such as creating an overconcentration of boarding houses, group homes or parolee-probationer homes in the vicinity of the proposed use. In making this finding or sustaining this finding, the decision making body shall consider as appropriate the following factors:
(1) The proximity of the boarding house, group home or parolee-probationer home to schools, parks, other similar and related uses, including small state-licensed residential care facilities, places where alcoholic beverages are sold or distributed to the public and any other uses which could be affected by, or affect the operation of, the use or the health, safety and welfare of the residents.
(2) The existence of substandard physical characteristics of the area in which the boarding house, group home or parolee-probationer home is to be located such as lot widths, setbacks, narrow streets, limited available parking, nonconforming housing types, physical or economic conditions of blight, and other substandard characteristics. (3) Whether, in light of the factors applied in subsections (d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section, it would be appropriate to apply the American Planning Association standard of permitting one boarding house, group home or parolee-probationer home per block. For purposes of this paragraph, "block" means an area of land that is bounded on all sides by streets or by streets and a cul-de-sac or by any other form of termination of the street (i.e., dead-end not a cul-de-sac). In applying this factor, the decision making body shall take into consideration circumstances where, because of unusually long block or short block, application of the separation standard in section 17.320.090(i) would result in less than one use per block or more than two uses per block. (e) The operation of buses, vans, and other similar passenger carrying vehicles, to transport residents to and from off-site activities does not generate vehicular traffic substantially greater than that normally generated by residential activities in the surrounding areas.
(f) Arrangement for the delivery of goods are made within the hours that are compatible with and will not adversely affect the peace and quiet of neighboring properties. (g) Arrangement for commercial trash collection in excess of usual residential collection are made within hours that are compatible with and will not adversely affect the peace and quiet of neighboring properties.
(h) That none of the homes identified by the applicant in its application have been found by state or local authorities to be operating in substantial or persistent violation of state or local law.
(i) That none of the persons who will have an ownership or leasehold interest in, or will be operators of, a boarding house or parolee-probationer home, have been convicted of a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude.
442

17.320.090 Standards.

The following standards shall apply to boarding houses, group homes, and parolee- probationer homes requiring a conditional use permit or a small group home permit.

Violation of any of these standards shall constitute grounds for revoking the permit:
(a) The property shall be used, maintained, occupied, and/or operated in conformity with an operation and management plan approved by the director and filed with the city. The plan shall ensure compliance with applicable state and local laws, ordinances, and regulations.
(b) The property shall be used, maintained, occupied and/or operated in such a manner as to not permit public nuisances, illegal parking, and violations of state and federal laws regarding disturbance of the peace, illegal drug activity, public drunkenness, public consumption of alcohol, harassment of passers-by, gambling, solicitation, public urination, theft, assault, battery, vandalism, littering, loitering, solicitation, and lewd conduct.
(c) The use shall not have any substantial adverse impacts on adjoining properties or land uses and shall be compatible with the character of the surrounding neighborhood. (d) The property shall comply with all setback, landscaping and other development standards of the underlying zone.
(e) Both indoor and outdoor common areas shall be provided on site. (f) No care, treatment or other services shall be provided on the property that would require licensure by the State of California.
(g) There shall be no more than two residents per bedroom (except that three minor children may share a single bedroom) unless the decision-making body approved a higher occupancy limit in issuing the permit. The decision-making body shall not approve a higher occupancy limit unless it finds, based on substantial evidence in the record, that such limit is appropriate given the characteristics of the dwelling, the availability of parking, and the measures taken to adequately protect the public health, safety, peace, comfort, and welfare (including, but not limited to, the reasonable sanitary needs of residents).
(h) The use shall maintain certification, if available, from a governmental agency or qualified nonprofit organization and such certification is a generally accepted practice or standard among the owners, operators, profession, or industry related to the use or home. (i) Group homes shall not be located within 600 feet, measured from the property lines, of any other group home, state-licensed residential care facility, or parolee-probationer home. All other types of boarding houses, including, but not limited to, parolee- probationer homes, shall not be located within 1,000 feet, measured from the property lines, of any other boarding house, group home, state-licensed residential care facility, or parolee-probationer home. Parolee-probationer homes shall not be located within 1,000 feet, measured from the property lines, of any child day care center, public or private elementary or secondary school, park, public library, public swimming pool, a commercial establishment with an on-site children's playground, or any place where classes or group activities for children are regularly held.
443
(j) All group homes shall:
(1) Maintain and enforce house rules that, at a minimum, shall provide for the protection of occupant safety and require occupants to register weekly schedules with the onsite house manager; and
(2) Provide for an onsite house manager who shall be responsible for, at a minimum, enforcement of the house rules and supervision of occupant schedules.

17.320.100 Nonconforming uses.

Any boarding house or group home, other than a parolee-probationer home, operating as of the effective date of this chapter is not required to obtain a permit under this chapter, provided that a valid plot plan, public use permit, or such other permit as was required at the time the use was established, was obtained and such facility was in compliance with the applicable standards set forth in Title 15 (Buildings and Construction, and Title 17 (Zoning), of this code, at the time the permit was obtained.

17.320.110 Revocations and modifications of permits.
(a) A permit issued pursuant to this chapter may be revoked pursuant to the procedures in chapter 17.220 of this code.
(b) A permittee may request a modification to a small group home permit or conditional use permit issued under this chapter pursuant to the procedures in chapter 17.228 of this code.

17.320.120 Authority to inspect.

Any city official or authorized representative charged with enforcement responsibilities under this code, state law or other government authority may enter and inspect the premises or perform any duty imposed by the municipal code or by state law, provided the owner, managers, operators, or lawful occupant(s) has consented to the inspection.

The refusal by an owner, manager, operator, or occupant to permit such entry and inspection may be considered in any proceeding to suspend or revoke the permit. 444

CITY OF WILDOMAR

CC - REGULAR MEETING

GENERAL BUSINESS
Agenda Staff Report # 3.1
Meeting Date: March
8, 2023
SUBJECT:

Wildomar Beautification Update - Freeway Enhancements and Community Identification
SUBMITTED BY:

Daniel Torres
PREPARED BY:

Jason Farag

ACTION:

Receive and file the Wildomar Beautification Update on Interchange Improvements and provide direction to staff regarding the projects to budget and plan.

SUMMARY:

This staff report provides a summary of the various options available to the City and the approximate order-of-magnitude costs to provide community identification and/or landscape enhancements along the portions of the I-15 Freeway within Wildomar.

BACKGROUND:

At the September 2022 City Council Meeting, the City Council provided input and received and filed the conceptual program for the Wildomar Beautification Program. Among other things, Council's input included providing on-ramp/off-ramp enhancements at the City's I-15 interchanges and adding a City logo to the Clinton Keith Rd. bridge.

DISCUSSION:

All community identification improvements along freeway on-ramps/off-ramps (interchanges), including improvements along freeway bridges like Clinton Keith Rd. or Wildomar Trail, require approval from Caltrans. The Caltrans Project Development Procedures Manual (PDPM) includes policies and procedures that recognize the importance of and allow for community identification along the freeway. Section 9 of the PDPM states that "Caltrans recognizes the effects of transportation facilities on local communities and encourages transportation system improvements that reflect community needs and its values. Caltrans supports enriching the cultural and visual environment by facilitating the placement of community identification within the State highway right-of-way." A copy of Chapter 9 of the PDPM with more comprehensive information regarding Caltrans' community identification policies and procedures is included as
Attachment A
.
445

The PDPM identifies three primary categories of community identification that are available for public agencies to implement, including:

Transportation Art
Community Identification
Gateway Monuments

In addition, although not specifically a community identification improvement, Caltrans also has procedures for landscape improvements and enhancements.

The three community identification categories are distinguished by the items they can include and where they are permitted to be located along the freeway. Table 1 below summarizes and compares the three different options.

It should be noted that the PDPM requires that options such as Transportation Art and Community Identification must be considered first, before being allowed to select and proceed with Gateway Monuments.

Table 1 - Community Identification Option Summary (Figure 29-6 of PDPM)

May Include Text
May Include
Graphic Images
Freestanding
Structure or Sign
Integrated With or
Placed Upon a
Required
Engineered
Transportation
Feature
Transportation Art
No
Yes
Freestanding or
Integrated
Freestanding or
Integrated
Community
Identification
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Gateway
Monuments
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

Sample Projects
Photos showing examples of each type of community identification are provided in Attachment
B
and are summarized below.

Transportation Art:

City of Perris, I-215 Freeway, South of D Street
Art showing boats, skydivers/paragliders, trains, and airplanes added on retaining walls.

City of Murrieta, I-215 Freeway at Los Alamos Rd.

City diamond logo on-ramp/off-ramp slopes, with associated decorative landscaping.

Community Identification:

City of Lake Elsinore, I-15 Freeway, Franklin St. Bridge and Nichols Rd. Bridge City Name and Logo added to bridge fencing.
446
City of Murrieta, I-215 Freeway at Los Alamos Rd.

City diamond logo on-ramp/off-ramp slopes, with associated decorative landscaping.

Gateway Monuments:

Temescal Valley, I-15 Freeway, North of Indian Truck Trail and South of Cajalco Rd.

Monument with community name, image, three mountain silhouettes, and uplighting.

City of Menifee, I-215 Freeway at Newport Rd.

Monument with city name, artwork, and uplighting.

Landscaping Enhancements:

City of Murrieta, I-215 Freeway at Clinton Keith Rd. Interchange Landscaping enhancements including hardscape, drainage, and landscaping.

Sample Construction Costs
Costs for the four different enhancement options noted above will vary depending on the specific enhancements proposed. Approximate constructionfrom example projects completed by other agencies or by the City are listed below to provide order-of-magnitude estimates for each category.

Community Identification/Transportation Art:

City of Murrieta, I-215 Freeway at Los Alamos Rd.

City diamond logo on-ramp/off-ramp slopes, with associated decorative landscaping.

Construction:
$1,100,000 (2014)
$1,700,000 (adjusted to 2023 costs)
Community Identification:

City of Lake Elsinore, I-15 Freeway, Franklin St. Bridge and Nichols Rd. Bridge Construction:
$250,000 (2016)
$374,000 (adjusted to 2023 costs)
Landscaping Enhancements:

City of Murrieta, I-215 Freeway at Clinton Keith Rd. Interchange Construction:
$2,100,000 (2018)
$2,880,000 (adjusted to 2023 costs).

Gateway Monuments:

Malaga Park Monument Sign (with ancillary landscaping)
Construction:
$50,000 (2018)
$69,000 (adjusted to 2023 costs)
Approx. $140,000 for two monument signs
447
Note: Actual costs for Freeway Gateway Monuments would likely be greater due to added costs related to compliance with Caltrans standards and requirements, and likely larger signs to be visible to roadway users.

Total Project Costs
In addition to Construction Costs, additional project costs will include preliminary planning, design, construction administration, on-going future maintenance, and removal costs (if required in the future for any reason). These costs will also vary depending on the type of project selected and may range from $100,000 to more than $500,000.

To pursue any one of
the four enhancement options, the City would need to contract with a consultant (e.g., landscape architect, architect, civil engineer, etc...) to prepare technical drawings and specifications and assist in processing plans and permits for Caltrans review and approval.

On-going maintenance costs cannot be accurately estimated without a specific project type selected. Landscape Enhancements will require significantly more maintenance on a regular basis, whereas Transporation Art, Community Identification, and Gateway Monuments may only require occasional maintenance, to address vandalism such as graffiti or other issues related to deterioration of the item.

FISCAL IMPACT:

There is no fiscal impact at this time. Should the City Council direct staff to pursue any specific project type, staff would bring forward a budget adjustment for a proposed project to cover anticipated staff costs and consultant costs.

ATTACHMENTS:

A. Caltrans PDPM, Chapter 29
B. Community Identification Sample Projects
Wildomar Beautification Update (Presentation)
448

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Table of Contents
CHAPTER 29 – Landscape

Architecture

Table of Contents

CHAPTER 29 – Landscape Architecture............................................................ 29-7

SECTION 1 General........................................................................................ 29-7

Introduction ................................................................................................. 29-7

Aesthetic, Environmental, Scenic, and Community Values....................... 29-7

Traveler and Worker Safety........................................................................ 29-9

References................................................................................................. 29-10

SECTION 2 Highway Planting ..................................................................... 29-12

ARTICLE 1 Definitions, General Policy, and Programs ......................... 29-12

Definitions ................................................................................................ 29-12

General Policy .......................................................................................... 29-13

State Highway Operation and Protection Program................................... 29-20

ARTICLE 2 Responsibilities.................................................................... 29-22

Headquarters ............................................................................................. 29-22

District ...................................................................................................... 29-23

ARTICLE 3 Participation by Others ........................................................ 29-24

Highway Planting by Others..................................................................... 29-24

Maintenance Responsibilities – Planting by Others ................................. 29-25

Maintenance Agreements ......................................................................... 29-26

ARTICLE 4 Project Development Process .............................................. 29-28

General...................................................................................................... 29-28

Project Development Team ...................................................................... 29-29

Comprehensive Corridor Plan .................................................................. 29-29

Project Initiation Phase............................................................................. 29-30

Project Approval and Environmental Documentation Phase ................... 29-33

Plans, Specifications, and Estimate Phase................................................ 29-35

Construction Phase ................................................................................... 29-37

Transfer to Maintenance ........................................................................... 29-38

SECTION 3 Safety Roadside Rest Areas...................................................... 29-39

ARTICLE 1 Definitions, General Policy, and Programs ......................... 29-39

Definitions ................................................................................................ 29-39

Purpose of the Safety Roadside Rest Area System .................................. 29-39

Context Appropriateness .......................................................................... 29-39

Use of Safety Roadside Rest Areas .......................................................... 29-40

Statutory Requirements ............................................................................ 29-40

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-i
449

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
State and Federal Accessibility Requirements ......................................... 29-42

State Energy and Environmental Design Requirements........................... 29-42

Safety Roadside Rest Area Master Plan ................................................... 29-43

Safety Roadside Rest Area Rehabilitation Program................................. 29-44

New Safety Roadside Rest Areas Program .............................................. 29-44

Wayside Stop Demonstration Program .................................................... 29-44

ARTICLE 2 Responsibilities .................................................................... 29-47

Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program ....................................... 29-47

Headquarters Division of Engineering Services-Structure Design,

Office of Transportation Architecture ...................................................... 29-49

District ...................................................................................................... 29-50

ARTICLE 3 Project Development Process .............................................. 29-51

General...................................................................................................... 29-51

Safety Roadside Rest Area Partnership Projects ...................................... 29-52

Site Requirements..................................................................................... 29-53

Site and Architectural Analysis ................................................................ 29-53

Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design and
California Green Building Standards Code Analysis
............................... 29-54

Stakeholder Involvement .......................................................................... 29-54

Design Charrette Process.......................................................................... 29-54

Project Initiation Phase............................................................................. 29-55

Project Approval and Environmental Documentation Phase ................... 29-56

Plans, Specifications, and Estimate Phase................................................ 29-57

ARTICLE 4 Closure ................................................................................. 29-58

Emergency or Intermittent Closure .......................................................... 29-58

Permanent Closure.................................................................................... 29-59

Temporary Closure for Construction ........................................................ 29-60

ARTICLE 5 References ........................................................................... 29-61

SECTION 4 Vista Points............................................................................... 29-62

ARTICLE 1 General Policy ..................................................................... 29-62

Purpose of Vista Points............................................................................. 29-62

General Considerations............................................................................. 29-62

Preservation of Views............................................................................... 29-62

Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 Compliance ............................. 29-63

Signage Requirements .............................................................................. 29-63

Vista Point Inventory................................................................................ 29-63

ARTICLE 2 Project Development Process .............................................. 29-64

ARTICLE 3 References ........................................................................... 29-64

SECTION 5 Park-and-Ride Facilities ........................................................... 29-65

ARTICLE 1 General Policy ..................................................................... 29-65

Purpose of the Park-and-Ride System ...................................................... 29-65

Use of Park-and-Ride Lots ....................................................................... 29-65

Statutory Requirements ............................................................................ 29-65

State and Federal Accessibility Requirements ......................................... 29-66

Park-and-Ride Lease Program.................................................................. 29-67

ARTICLE 2 References ........................................................................... 29-67

29-ii 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 450

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Table of Contents
SECTION 6 Aesthetics.................................................................................. 29-68

General...................................................................................................... 29-68

Aesthetic Considerations .......................................................................... 29-68

SECTION 7 Blue Star Memorial Highways ................................................. 29-70

ARTICLE 1 Purpose and General Policy ................................................. 29-70

Purpose of Blue Star Memorial Highways ............................................... 29-70

General Policy .......................................................................................... 29-70

ARTICLE 2 Responsibilities .................................................................... 29-70

Headquarters ............................................................................................. 29-70

District ...................................................................................................... 29-70

Permittee................................................................................................... 29-71

ARTICLE 3 Guidelines ............................................................................ 29-71

Location of Markers ................................................................................. 29-71

Maintenance.............................................................................................. 29-72

Dedication Ceremony ............................................................................... 29-72

SECTION 8 Scenic Highways and Byways.................................................. 29-73

ARTICLE 1 General Policy and Program ................................................ 29-73

General...................................................................................................... 29-73

Corridor Protection Program .................................................................... 29-73

ARTICLE 2 Designation and Design Considerations .............................. 29-74

The Official Designation Process ............................................................. 29-74

Adding State Highways to the Scenic Highway System .......................... 29-75

County Roads as Part of the Scenic Highway System ............................. 29-75

Scenic Highway Identification ................................................................. 29-75

Scenic Highway Program Funding ........................................................... 29-75

Widening a Scenic Highway .................................................................... 29-75

Official Designation Does not Preclude Development............................. 29-76

Revoking a Scenic Highway Designation ................................................ 29-76

Scenic Highway Designation Benefits ..................................................... 29-76

SECTION 9 Transportation Art .................................................................... 29-78

ARTICLE 1 General Procedure ............................................................... 29-78

Statutory Authority ................................................................................... 29-79

Intellectual Property Rights - Copyright Ownership of

Transportation Art .................................................................................... 29-79

Artist Disclaimer Statement...................................................................... 29-79

Sponsor Recognition................................................................................. 29-79

Sponsor Recognition Disclaimer Statement ............................................. 29-80

Placement.................................................................................................. 29-80

Transportation Art Requirements ............................................................. 29-80

ARTICLE 2 Responsibilities .................................................................... 29-82

Administrative Responsibilities................................................................ 29-82

Financial Responsibilities......................................................................... 29-84

Maintenance Responsibilities ................................................................... 29-84

ARTICLE 3 Project Development Process .............................................. 29-85

Processing Transportation Art Proposals.................................................. 29-85

Preliminary Proposal Review ................................................................... 29-85

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-iii 451

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Public Review and Public Agency Resolution ......................................... 29-87

Final Proposal Review.............................................................................. 29-88

District Director Review........................................................................... 29-88

Encroachment Permit Process .................................................................. 29-88

After Construction .................................................................................... 29-88

SECTION 10 Community Identification....................................................... 29-89

ARTICLE 1 General Procedure ............................................................... 29-89

Community Identification Requirements ................................................. 29-90

ARTICLE 2 Responsibilities .................................................................... 29-92

Administrative Responsibilities................................................................ 29-92

Financial Responsibilities......................................................................... 29-93

Maintenance Responsibilities ................................................................... 29-94

ARTICLE 3 Project Development Process .............................................. 29-95

Processing Community Identification Proposals...................................... 29-95

Preliminary Proposal Review ................................................................... 29-96

Public Review and Public Agency Resolution ......................................... 29-97

Final Proposal Review.............................................................................. 29-98

District Director Review........................................................................... 29-98

Encroachment Permit Process .................................................................. 29-98

After Construction .................................................................................... 29-99

SECTION 11 Gateway Monuments............................................................ 29-100

ARTICLE 1 General Procedure ............................................................. 29-100

Statutory Authority ................................................................................. 29-101

Placement................................................................................................ 29-101

Gateway Monument Requirements ........................................................ 29-101

ARTICLE 2 Responsibilities .................................................................. 29-103

Administrative Responsibilities.............................................................. 29-103

Financial Responsibilities....................................................................... 29-105

Maintenance Responsibilities ................................................................. 29-105

ARTICLE 3 Project Development Process ............................................ 29-106

Processing Gateway Monument Proposals............................................. 29-106

Preliminary Proposal Review ................................................................. 29-107

Public Review and Public Agency Resolution ....................................... 29-108

Final Proposal Review............................................................................ 29-109

District Director Review......................................................................... 29-109

Encroachment Permit Process ................................................................ 29-109

After Construction .................................................................................. 29-109

29-iv 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 452
Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Table of Contents
Table of Figures

Figure 29-1 Determining Local Participation in Highway Planting..................... 29-27

Figure 29-2 Responsibilities for Highway Planting Funded by Others................ 29-28

Figure 29-3 Water Conservation Categories and Required Actions..................... 29-37

Figure 29-4 Transportation Art, Community Identification, and

G
ateway Monuments ............................................................................................. 29-78

Figure 29-5 Transportation Art, Community Identification, and

G
ateway Monuments ............................................................................................. 29-89

Figure 29-6 Transportation Art, Community Identification, and

G
ateway Monuments ........................................................................................... 29-100

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-v
453

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
29-vi 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 454

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 1 – General
CHAPTER 29 – Landscape Architecture

SECTION 1 General

Introduction
As the primary program responsible for the design of the highway roadside, the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program (LAP) provides expertise in the planning, design, construction, maintenance, and operation of transportation system improvements that:
• balance mobility, safety, maintainability, and economic needs with adjacent land use and aesthetic, environmental, scenic, and community values. • improve motorized and nonmotorized safety through the design of context- sensitive roadways and transit, bicycle, and pedestrian facilities. • improve traveler and worker safety by providing design solutions that reduce the frequency and duration of maintenance worker exposure to traffic. • improve traveler safety through the design of safety roadside rest areas and management of safety roadside rest area system needs.

Aesthetic, Environmental, Scenic, and Community Values
To make projects successful and to provide the best overall public benefit, the project development process includes evaluating and addressing impacts to aesthetic, environmental, scenic, and community values in balance with transportation goals.

The profession of landscape architecture utilizes site planning and design techniques that work in harmony with both constructed and natural environments. Landscape architects offer the project development team (PDT) a broad range of skills to identify innovative design solutions that address often competing requirements.

Aesthetic Values
Landscape architects provide expertise to protect and improve scenic views both towards and away from transportation improvements. Community and Caltrans aesthetic values may be incorporated into transportation projects by providing aesthetic reviews, visual impact assessments, comprehensive corridor plans, and aesthetic design guidance.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-7
455

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Environmental Values
Landscape architects provide design expertise to integrate transportation facilities with the physical, natural, and constructed environment, including habitat conservation and restoration; conservation of agricultural lands; water conservation through the use of drought tolerant plants and inert materials; the design of irrigation systems using non-potable water sources; and stormwater pollution prevention through erosion control techniques.

Landscape architects also provide design expertise in the selection and placement of planting provided to replace existing native or non-native planting removed by roadway construction activities. This work includes restoration of native landscape areas, required mitigation planting, highway planting revegetation, and replacement highway planting. These projects help mitigate the environmental impact of roadway construction projects.

Visual Quality
As part of the environmental planning process, landscape architects assess potential adverse visual impacts of transportation projects adjacent to communities or natural scenic resources. Landscape architects work with permitting agencies, local communities, and the PDT to consider avoidance mitigation measures. Landscape architects perform scenic resource evaluations and visual impact assessments, and they provide design expertise to protect and preserve scenic resources. For more information on preliminary assessments, scenic resource evaluations, and visual impact assessments, see
Chapter 8 – Overview of Project Development.

Community Values
Landscape architects assist in integrating transportation needs with existing community goals and values by providing expertise in comprehensive corridor planning, urban design, historic preservation, and community involvement. They also assist in facilitating timely project delivery and building community consensus by implementing principles of community involvement and context-sensitive design, including:
• harmonizing the roadway with existing topography and land uses. • preserving and enhancing community character.
• meeting the needs of nonmotorized travelers.
• preserving historic resources such as historic landscapes. 29-8 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual
456

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 1 – General
• supporting the incorporation of transportation art, gateway monuments, and community identification.

Traveler and Worker Safety
Landscape architects contribute to the safety of the traveling public and highway workers through roadside design techniques that minimize or eliminate worker exposure to traffic. These design techniques can be grouped into three categories:
safe facility location, recurrent activity elimination, and safe maintenance access.

Safe Facility Location
These improvements enhance safety by placing or relocating facilities that require recurrent maintenance activities to protected areas or to areas outside the clear recovery zone. Typical examples include locating, relocating, or clustering facilities such as irrigation controllers, backflow preventers, remote control valves, ramp meters, changeable message sign controls, and cabinets to areas adjacent to the right -
of-way fence or to protected areas. See the Highway Design Manual (HDM), Topic 706, for more information.

Recurrent Activity Elimination
These improvements enhance safety by reducing or eliminating recurrent maintenance activities such as frequent pruning, graffiti removal, irrigation system repair, herbicide application, and weed control. Typical examples include the following:
• Removing plant material that encroaches upon sight distances • Planting shrubs or vines or using textures on noise barriers • Automating irrigation systems
• Providing vegetation control treatment beneath guardrails and signs • Paving slopes beneath bridge structures
• Paving narrow areas
• Providing contrasting surface treatment (paving) beyond the gore area pavement
• Placing rock or other inert mulch materials
• Removing signs that are no longer required
Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-9
457

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Safe Maintenance Access
These improvements enhance safety by providing maintenance workers with safe access to roadway and roadside facilities requiring regular maintenance and include providing stairs on steep slopes, maintenance access roads, maintenance access gates, and maintenance vehicle pullouts.

References
The Highway Design Manual contains design standards and guidelines concerning the planting and conservation of existing vegetation, the development of highway planting projects, and the incorporation of scenic values in highway design. The manual also includes design standards and guidelines for safety roadside rest areas and vista points.

The Storm Water Quality Handbooks: Project Planning and Design Guide provides design guidance for selecting and designing stormwater quality best management practices (BMPs) during the planning and design phase of a project.

Chapter 27 of the Standard Environmental Reference (SER) provides guidelines for conducting scenic resource evaluations and for performing visual impact assessments during the project development process.

Chapter 28 of the Standard Environmental Reference provides guidelines for determinations of historic property eligibility and identification of historic landscapes during the project development process.

The Encroachment Permits Manual contains procedures and guidelines for permitting work by others, including planting design, transportation art, community identification, and gateway monuments.

The Construction Manual describes administration and oversight of projects.

The Maintenance Manual contains instructions about the maintenance of roadside vegetation and other roadside facilities.

The Landscape Architecture PS&E Guide provides guidelines for the preparation of highway planting and irrigation plans, specifications, and estimate (PS&E).

The Plans Preparation Manual and the CADD Users Manual provide guidelines for the preparation of highway planting and irrigation plans. 29-10 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 458

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 1 – General
Caltrans Best Practices Public Participation Reference provides the planning process to seek out and consider the needs of all stakeholders in order to maximize the potential and benefit of public involvement and to adequately respond to and meet the requirements of State and federal legislation and mandates and Caltrans’ policies and goals.

The Main Street, California booklet emphasizes Caltrans’ commitment to and provides guidance on the safe, context-appropriate design of State highways that function as community main streets.

The Headquarters Division of Project Management Project Communication Handbook helps the project team identify internal and external stakeholders and improves communication among all parties.

Design Information Bulletin 82 – Pedestrian Accessibility Guidelines for Highway Projects, provides design guidance for pedestrian accessibility for highway projects.

The Federal Highway Administration’s (FHWA) Flexibility in Highway Design provides guidance for creating transportation facilities that conserve and enhance environmental, scenic and community resources.

The FHWA Executive Memorandum issued April 26, 1994, Environmentally and Economically Beneficial Practices on Federal Landscaped Grounds, provides guidance on using native plant material and integrated pest management techniques to conserve water and reduce pollution.

The FHWA Executive Memorandum issued August 18, 1999, Guidance Implementing Executive Order 13112 Invasive Species, provides guidance on implementing Executive Order 13112 signed by President Clinton on February 3, 1999, which strives to control the introduction and spread of invasive species and minimize their impact on economic, ecological, and human health.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-11 459

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
SECTION 2 Highway Planting

ARTICLE 1 Definitions, General Policy, and
Programs
Definitions
Establish existing planting – the period of time that allows newly installed plant material to reach a state of maturity that requires minimal additional maintenance.

Establish existing planting work is accomplished via a separate contract that begins just after the completion of a planting and irrigation contract. The majority of the work performed during an establish existing planting project is identical to plant establishment; however, an establish existing planting project includes additional activities at the start of the project, including checking plants for deficiencies, checking and testing irrigation facilities, and repairing identified deficiencies.

Highway planting – the term includes new highway planting, replacement highway planting, roadside rehabilitation, highway planting revegetation, required mitigation planting, and irrigation system upgrade work. Highway planting addresses safety requirements, provides compliance with environmental commitments, and assists in the visual integration of the transportation facility within the existing environs.

Irrigation system upgrade – the conversion of a manually-operated irrigation system to an automatic or remote irrigation control system (RICS), replacement of obsolete irrigation components, conversion of a potable water irrigation system to non-potable water, and worker safety improvements.

Landscaped freeway – the planted section of freeway that meets the criteria established by the California Outdoor Advertising Act. This designation is used in the control and regulation of outdoor advertising displays.

Plant establishment – the period of time that allows newly installed plant material to reach a state of maturity necessary to require minimal future maintenance. FHWA regulations require a plant establishment period of sufficient length to ensure the survival of new plant material for all projects that include highway planting. The plant establishment period typically includes replacement of dead or damaged plant material; weed, rodent, and pest control; irrigation operation and repair; and other activities required to ensure the long-term survival of plant material. 29-12 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 460

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 2 – Highway Planting
General Policy
Conventional Highways
Highway planting funded and maintained by Caltrans on conventional highways is limited to planting that provides safety improvements (headlight glare screening, delineation of the roadway, fire suppression, and wind breaks), erosion control and stormwater pollution prevention, highway planting revegetation, and required mitigation planting.

Freeways, Controlled Access Highways, and Expressways
Highway planting is warranted on freeways, controlled access highways, and expressways under any of the following conditions:
• On new freeways, controlled access highways, and expressways – areas impacted by new highway construction where adjacent properties are developed at the time of highway construction contract acceptance • On existing freeways, controlled access highways, and expressways – areas impacted by major modifications to the existing highway where adjacent properties are developed at the time of highway construction contract acceptance
• Where adjacent properties were developed on or before June 30, 1987 • To satisfy conditions from a memorandum of understanding (MOU) or memorandum of agreement (MOA) between Caltrans and another governmental agency
• To mitigate environmental impacts in compliance with environmental commitments, agreed to, for example, as a part of project development, resource agency permit requirement, or court order
• To provide planting necessary for revegetation, erosion control, stormwater pollution prevention or traffic safety improvements (headlight glare screening, delineation of roadway, fire suppression, and wind breaks) Adjacent properties are considered “developed” when the streets or buildings are in place or when the adjacent properties have approved construction permits. Parks and open spaces are not considered developed property unless they are an integral component of a planned development.

Highway planting along freeways, controlled access highways, and expressways that exceed these provisions will only be permitted when funded and maintained by others.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-13 461

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Separate Contract Requirement for Highway Planting Work on Roadway Construction Projects
Highway planting with an estimated cost of $300,000 or more, in conjunction with or resulting from a roadway construction project, must be accomplished by separate contract and must include three years of plant establishment. This policy applies to all highway planting projects within the State operational right-of-way regardless of the funding source. The estimated cost of highway planting is the total sum of the bid items for planting and irrigation work and does not include the cost of traveler and worker safety features, or storm water pollution prevention plan (SWPPP) items.

Highway planting with an estimated cost of less than $300,000, in conjunction with or resulting from a roadway construction project, may remain with the parent roadway construction project and must include one year of plant establishment.

Exceptions to this policy must receive concurrence from both district maintenance and the district landscape architect (LA) and be approved by the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program.

The cost limit that triggers the separate contract requirement for highway planting work may be adjusted by the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program.

Exceptions to the separate contract requirement policy may be granted by the Headquarters Division of Design-Landscape Architecture Program Deputy Division Chief when there is a demonstrated benefit to the State to combine planting with road construction under a single contract or when the planting work is legally required to be installed with the roadway construction contract. Exception requests must be approved by the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program prior to approval of the project report (PR).

Maximum Costs for Planting and Water Assessment
Maximum costs have been established by the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program for the cost per acre of new planting and for water assessment fees. These maximum costs apply whenever new planting or new water service are included on a project, regardless of funding source. The maximum costs for planting and water assessment fees may be adjusted by the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program. The current maximum values established for planting and water assessment fees are located at the Headquarters
Landscape Architecture Program-Design
Guidance website.
29-14 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 462

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 2 – Highway Planting
Exceptions to this policy must be approved by Headquarters Division of Design- Landscape Architecture Program Deputy Division Chief and may be considered where the highway planting work is funded and maintained by others; where a higher level of highway planting is required due to legal agreements or to replace planting originally provided by others.

Maximum Cost per Acre for Planting
The maximum cost per acre for planting excludes the costs for traveler and worker safety, stormwater pollution prevention, mitigation planting, erosion control, and the water assessment fee.

Maximum Water Assessment Fee Limit
The water assessment fee should not exceed the limit calculated by multiplying the maximum cost per acre by the number of irrigated acres. If the one-time, up front water assessment and/or water meter hookup fee exceeds the limit, a project of five or more acres will only be considered if the additional cost is paid by others. For projects affecting less than five acres, the assessment fee should be negotiated toward receiving the lowest fee possible.

Non-potable Water Irrigation Goal
One of Caltrans’ goals is to minimize the use of potable water and maximize the use of non-potable water when needed for irrigated landscapes. Non-potable water includes untreated sources (wells, streams, rivers, underground water) as well as recycled water. Non-potable water suitable for irrigation should be used when available and cost effective. Use of non-potable water is cost effective when there is a demonstrated cost savings over a 20-year life cycle. Cost sharing or other methods should be evaluated to bring recycled water to the highway right-of-way in a cost effective manner.

Planting with Noise Barriers
Planting should be incorporated as an integral component of noise barrier work to discourage graffiti, address visual impact issues, and reduce future maintenance worker exposure. Where graffiti removal requires, or is expected to require recurrent maintenance activities, consideration must be given to covering new or existing noise barriers with vines and/or placing plants to screen the noise barriers to reduce graffiti.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-15 463

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
To avoid excessive maintenance a variety of plant species whose growth habits minimize the potential for growth onto private property should be selected.

Noise barrier design and placement should provide safe maintenance access to plant materials.

Plant Establishment
Plant establishment periods for highway planting performed in conjunction with a roadway construction project must follow the policy described in this section under the heading “Separate Contract Requirement for Highway Planting Work on Roadway Construction Projects.”
Plant establishment periods for highway planting performed under a separate contract from a roadway construction project must be three years in length.

Plant establishment periods for required mitigation planting may exceed three years when required by a regulatory agency.

Exceptions to this policy must receive concurrence from both district maintenance and the district landscape architect and approval from the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program.

Establish Existing Planting
An establish existing planting project must be scoped and programmed as soon as it is determined that the standard three year duration of plant establishment work is insufficient to establish the plants in the initial highway planting contract. To minimize lapses in performance of plant establishment work that would occur between contracts, an “establish existing planting project” needs to be delivered and advertised so that the contract starts immediately after completion of the plant establishment period from the initial contract. Funding for establish existing planting contracts should be split from the parent project or funded by others.

Replacement Highway Planting
Replacement highway planting replaces vegetation installed by Caltrans or others that has been damaged or removed due to transportation project construction.

Replacement highway planting may also include irrigation modifications and/or replacement. Caltrans will replace vegetation (including planting by others) damaged 29-16 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 464

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 2 – Highway Planting
or removed by State transportation construction activity. Vegetation will be replaced at a rate and size determined by the district landscape architect.

If a highway construction project-funded-by-others is proposed for an area in which the operational right-of-way is currently planted, the project proponent must provide replacement planting equal to or greater than the current allowable maximum cost per acre. See the “Maintenance Responsibilities – Planting by Others” Sub-article regarding maintenance responsibilities for planting that exceeds the maximum cost per acre.

If there is limited space for replacement planting due to transportation construction, replacement planting may be installed outside the limits of the parent highway project. Replacement planting may be located outside the State operational right-of -
way if it is in a public space within the adjacent community and is maintained by others. The district landscape architect and the appropriate public agency should negotiate and agree on the location of this planting and the terms of the maintenance agreement.

Replacement highway planting required due to the impacts of a roadway construction project must be programmed in conjunction with and funded from the parent project.

The cost of highway planting work should be identified in the project initiation document (PID) for the parent project. The Project Approval and Environmental Document (PA&ED) phase of work for the parent project should include the planting project within its project scope. Replacement highway planting must be under construction within two years of acceptance of the highway contract that damaged or removed the existing planting. For specific information regarding project programming, refer to
Chapter 9 – Project Initiation.

Required Mitigation Planting
Required mitigation planting provides planting and other work necessary to mitigate environmental impacts due to roadway construction. The word “required” indicates that the work is necessary to meet legal and regulatory requirements.

Work involved in mitigation planting may include the following:
• Creation, restoration, or enhancement of a habitat such as wetlands or oak woodlands
Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-17 465

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
• Creation, restoration, or enhancement of a specific habitat for sensitive species (such as elderberry plantings for the valley elderberry longhorn beetle or nesting habitat for the Least Bell’s Vireo)
Required mitigation planting may be performed within the operational right-of-way, immediately adjacent to the highway, or at an offsite location as determined by the permit.

A planting project for required mitigation due to the impacts of a roadway construction project must be programmed and funded as part of the parent project.

The cost of required mitigation planting should be identified in the PID for the parent project. This planting must be under construction within two years of acceptance of the highway contract that damaged or removed the existing planting, unless otherwise specified. For specific information regarding project programming, refer to Chapter 9 – Project Initiation.

Mitigation Monitoring
Monitoring of mitigation planting may be required as described in the regulatory and/or public agency’s permit or the environmental document.

A separate mitigation monitoring contract must be programmed and funded as part of the parent project. The cost of required mitigation planting should be identified in the PID for the parent project. The PA&ED phase of work for the parent project should include the mitigation monitoring within its project scope. The mitigation monitoring project needs to be delivered and advertised so that the contract starts immediately after completion of the mitigation planting contract. For specific information regarding project programming, refer to
Chapter 9 – Project Initiation.

Highway Planting Revegetation
Highway planting revegetation provides replacement planting for native vegetation that was damaged or removed due to a roadway construction project. Highway planting revegetation may include irrigation systems as appropriate.

When highway planting revegetation is required due to the impacts of a roadway construction project, it must be programmed and funded as part of the parent project.

The cost of the work should be identified in the PID for the parent project. This planting must be programmed to be under construction within two years after acceptance of the highway contract. A follow-up establish existing planting contract may be required to ensure the success of the highway planting revegetation project. 29-18 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 466

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 2 – Highway Planting
For specific information regarding project programming, refer to Chapter 9 – Project Initiation.

Wildflower Planting
California native wildflowers must enhance roadside assets and provide food and shelter for pollinators. Wildflower planting must be included with all projects that have federal participation and include planting work, per Title 23 Code of Federal Regulations, Section 752.11. Highway planting to provide traffic safety improvements (see the “Conventional Highways” heading in this section), revegetation, erosion control, and irrigation-only projects are exempt from this requirement.

The minimum required percentage cost for native wildflowers is one-quarter of one percent of the total funds expended for planting and irrigation work.

Project reports must include a discussion of the proposed use of wildflowers and compliance with federal wildflower requirements. See Appendix D – Preparation Guidelines for Project Report (New Highway Planting or Roadside Rehabilitation) for more information.

The use of native wildflowers may not be appropriate under conditions such as the following:
• Where native, non-endemic wildflowers are considered invasive to natural areas or competitive with endemic native species
• Where native wildflowers would produce excessive dormant season fire fuel that increases the threat of wildfires and/or fire safety management will damage the wildflower resource itself
• Where wildflowers would not be compatible with the adjacent urban landscape environs

• In areas where human impact, such as trampling, would preclude successful establishment of native wildflowers
• Where irrigation necessary to sustain adjacent planting would lead to the decline of native wildflowers
The PR must describe the specific reasons why the use of native wildflowers is not appropriate with the project. In these situations, an estimate of the dollar value of the required wildflower element for the project must be included in the PR. These funds are to be tracked by the district for use in developing future native landscape restoration projects that include wildflowers for compliance with the federal Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-19 467

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
wildflower obligation. Funding for these native landscape restoration projects shall come from the district’s State Highway Operation and Protection Program (SHOPP) minor allocation.

State Highway Operation and Protection Program
Roadside Rehabilitation
Roadside rehabilitation provides for water conservation improvements by utilizing recycled water and efficient irrigation technology, replacement and rehabilitation of existing vegetation damaged by weather, acts of nature, or deterioration in order to integrate the facility with the adjacent community and surrounding environs.

Roadside rehabilitation also provides erosion control to comply with National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit requirements. These projects include strategies that improve traveler and worker safety by reducing the frequency and duration of maintenance worker exposure to traffic.

New Highway Planting
New highway planting provides planting to satisfy legal mandates, environmental mitigation requirements, memoranda of understanding or agreement between Caltrans and public agencies, and for aesthetics and erosion control. New highway planting also includes strategies that improve traveler and worker safety by reducing the frequency and duration of maintenance worker exposure to traffic.

When new highway planting is required due to the impacts of a roadway construction project, it must be programmed and funded as part of the parent roadway project.

The cost of the work should be identified in the PID for the parent project. This planting must be programmed to be under construction within two years after highway construction contract acceptance. For specific information regarding project programming, refer to
Chapter 9 – Project Initiation.

New highway planting funded from a district’s minor program will only be allowed when approved by the District Director and when adequate resources are committed for maintenance of the new planting and irrigation.

Roadside Safety Improvements
Roadside safety improvements provide solutions to worker safety issues and reduce the frequency and duration of worker exposure to traffic through eliminating the need 29-20 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 468

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 2 – Highway Planting
for workers on foot adjacent to the travel way, increasing access from locations off of the travel way, accommodating mechanized maintenance activities, and relocating equipment away from traffic. The risk of injury or fatality increases with the length of time an employee is exposed to traffic without protection. The majority of employee fatalities involve workers on foot. Common factors in these fatalities include urban location, high average daily traffic (ADT), roadside work near the shoulder, vehicles parked on the shoulder, and employees on foot.

Roadside Protection and Restoration and Advanced Mitigation Roadside protection and restoration serves to enhance, preserve, or restore scenic and native landscape areas within or near roadsides, reduce life-cycle costs, and improve worker safety. Examples of roadside protection and restoration, and advanced mitigation work include the following:
• Placement of historic markers
• Elimination of qualified junkyards
• Removal of nonconforming outdoor advertising signs
• Construction of vista points and roadside ecological viewing areas • Scenic enhancements
• Relinquishment of environmental mitigation sites
• Experimental or new features
• Work required to comply with the Surface Mining and Reclamation Act of 1975
• Buying credits in bulk from existing banks or in-lieu fee programs • Securing environmental resources for advance mitigation that are in high demand but short supply
• Partnering with other agencies or non-profit organizations to fund restoration projects, in part or in whole
• Creation of new privately owned and operated, but Caltrans-dedicated, mitigation banks or conservation banks
• Acquiring conservation easements and land in fee simple • Creation of new Caltrans-owned and operated mitigation banks or

conservation banks

• Improving fish and wildlife protection on the State highway system, including fish passage remediation or improving habitat connectivity Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-21 469

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
ARTICLE 2 Responsibilities
Headquarters
Landscape Architecture Program
The Headquarters Division of Design-Landscape Architecture Program Deputy Division Chief:
• establishes statewide roadside SHOPP levels and performance goals. • designates “landscaped freeway” segments.
• directs the development, implementation, and evaluation of sustainable roadsides, traveler and worker safety, and context-sensitive design strategies. • directs policy development, performance reviews, and evaluates district compliance with policy and guidance.
• directs research for new materials and methods.
• reviews and approves landscape architecture policy exception requests. • directs policy for compliance with National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System for erosion control and final soil stabilization.

Office of Landscape Architecture Support and Planning
The Chief of the Office of Landscape Architecture Support and Planning:
• provides advisory support to the Headquarters Division of Design-Landscape Architecture Program Deputy Division Chief for SHOPP coordination. • provides expert advice to the districts for program and project delivery activities.
• recommends approval of policies, procedures, plans, and standards.

District coordinators for the Office of Landscape Architecture Support and Planning:
• assist districts with issues pertaining to policy and procedures involved in the preparation of PIDs, design concepts, PRs, design intent statements (DISs), design standard decision documents, and PS&Es for projects that improve compatibility, including highway planting, safety roadside rest areas, vista points, and other site development.
• assist the Headquarters Division of Design-Landscape Architecture Program Deputy Division Chief in development of SHOPP, State Transportation Improvement Program (STIP) and other programming documents relating to project development.
• review and assist district compliance with objectives, policies, guidelines, and standards.
29-22 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 470

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 2 – Highway Planting
• disseminate and interpret program and project development guidelines, policies, standards, and planting and irrigation system design concepts for compatibility improvements.
• review and make recommendations for requests to deviate from Caltrans’ standards for landscape architecture work.
• recommend and maintain policies, guidelines, procedures, and standards for safety roadside rest area and vista point design.
• assist districts and other programs with safety roadside rest area, joint

economic development, and privatization efforts.

• coordinate safety roadside rest area policies, standards, and ten-year SHOPP needs.
• oversee the development and update of the statewide Safety Roadside Rest Area Master Plan.

Office of Landscape Architecture Standards and Procedures The Chief of the Office of Landscape Architecture Standards and Procedures:
• develops and maintains landscape architectural guidance and procedures. • coordinates improvement of roadside design standards among Headquarters functional units, communicates improvements to the districts. • monitors activities, objectives, and strategies for worker safety issues by Caltrans and other agencies, organizations, and manufacturers. • initiates and oversees research and consultant studies. • develops and maintains standards for highway planting and erosion control.

District
District Director
The District Director:
• ensures policy compliance with roadside programs and the compatibility of transportation facility improvements.
• delivers programmed projects on time and within budget.

District Landscape Architect
The district landscape architect:
• identifies highway planting needs by developing and maintaining a current list of potential projects that qualify as new highway planting, or roadside rehabilitation.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-23 471

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
• reviews the preliminary environmental analysis report (PEAR) and final environmental document to ensure conservation of resources that contribute to the character of a project location, including existing trees, historic plantings, rock outcroppings, and environmentally sensitive areas. • identifies district needs for accommodating worker safety on the State Highway System (SHS).

• prepares PID, PA&ED, and PS&E for highway planting work. • prepares erosion control plans and special provisions for roadway

improvement projects.
• reviews and approves slopes steeper than 4:1 (H:V). The district landscape architect’s signature on the storm water data report at the conclusion of PID, PA&ED and PS&E affirms their review and approval.
• as a PDT member, assists with transportation improvements developed by Caltrans or others that are integrated with the surrounding environs and social context. The district landscape architect coordinates stakeholder identification and collaboration and provides recommendations for aesthetics, comprehensive corridor plans, context-sensitive-solutions, roadside management issues, stormwater pollution prevention, and visual impact assessments.
• for projects with highway planting developed by others, sends a copy of the planting plans and specifications to Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program, Office of Landscape Support and Planning, for “landscaped freeway” determination.

ARTICLE 3 Participation by Others
Highway Planting by Others
Highway planting within the State right-of-way, including installation, plant establishment, and maintenance, may be provided by others. Responsibility for installation, plant establishment, and maintenance for these projects is shown in Figure 29-1 and Figure 29-2.

Participation by others is normally accomplished through a cooperative agreement between Caltrans and the public agency.

The public agency should strive to implement a context-sensitive project development process that considers early and continuous stakeholder input.

If requested by the public agency, Caltrans may perform (on a reimbursed basis) the services for which the public agency is responsible if Caltrans has sufficient reimbursed budget authority. If Caltrans performs project construction support, the 29-24 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 472

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 2 – Highway Planting
project sponsor will reimburse Caltrans for its capital outlay support costs in the same proportion as the project sponsor’s share of the total project capital cost unless other equitable arrangements are specified in the cooperative agreement.

An encroachment permit is required whenever the project sponsor, its consultants, or its contractors work within the State highway right-of-way. In the case of easements, additional permits may also be required from the entity that granted the highway easement. Refer to the
Encroachment Permits Manual for specific information.

Plans and specifications for highway planting projects provided by others within the State right-of-way are sent to the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program- Office of Landscape Support and Planning for “landscaped freeway” determination in accordance with the
California Outdoor Advertising Act relative to the regulation of outdoor advertising displays.

Maintenance Responsibilities – Planting by Others
General
Maintenance of highway planting outside the highway operational right-of-way (except for required mitigation planting) is the responsibility of others at no additional cost to the State.

Freeways, Controlled Access Highways, and Expressways
Maintenance of warranted highway planting and required mitigation planting on freeways, controlled access highways, and expressways (within the maximum cost per acre) is the responsibility of Caltrans.

Maintenance of unwarranted planting on freeways, controlled access highways, and expressways is the responsibility of others at no additional cost to the State.

Maintenance of warranted highway planting (except for required mitigation planting) on freeways, controlled access highways, and expressways that exceeds the maximum cost per acre is the responsibility of others at no additional cost to the State.

Exceptions to this policy may be granted if the additional cost per acre is due to factors that do not increase the maintenance effort required, such as areas of rock blanket or larger plant material. Exceptions must be concurred with by the Deputy District Director (DDD) of Maintenance and approved by the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-25 473

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Maintenance Agreements
Only one entity should be responsible for performing maintenance at a particular location. When Caltrans and another entity share maintenance responsibilities in the same area, a maintenance agreement should be negotiated that requires no greater expenditure of Caltrans’ funds and personnel years (PYs) than Caltrans would typically expend for that area. Maintenance agreements are implemented through the encroachment permit process.

When negotiating maintenance agreements between Caltrans and public agencies, maintenance performed by others (including licensed landscape contractors and special programs groups) should be considered. To provide uniform application of policy, agreements for maintenance performed by others must be approved by district maintenance and the public agency.

When planting is funded by others, and the most efficient and economical maintenance option is to use Caltrans’ resources, the additional maintenance cost must be paid for by the other entity. This funding arrangement must be specified in a formalized agreement.

Where public agencies are prohibited by statute from participating in maintenance work, Caltrans and the public agency will negotiate a maintenance agreement.

Caltrans may require the permittee to obtain water, electrical, or other utility sources.

Performance bonds may be required to ensure that any installation, establishment, maintenance, and necessary rehabilitation done by others will be constructed to Caltrans’ standards.
29-26 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 474

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 2 – Highway Planting
Figure 29-1 Determining Local Participation in Highway Planting

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-27 475

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Figure 29-2 Responsibilities for Highway Planting Funded by Others

INSTALLATION
(Including 3-year
plant establishment)

MAINTENANCE
(17 years or perpetuity)

FUNDED JOINTLY
New Highway Planting (warranted, not
exceeding maximum cost per acre)
N CT
Replacement Highway Planting N CT
Required Mitigation Planting N CT
Highway Planting that exceeds the
maximum cost per acre
O O
Unwarranted Planting O O
FUNDED 100% BY OTHERS
New Highway Planting (not exceeding
maximum cost per acre)
O N
Replacement Highway Planting O CT
Required Mitigation Planting O N
Highway Planting that exceeds the
maximum cost per acre
O O
Unwarranted Planting O O
CT – Caltrans
O – Others
N – Negotiated
ARTICLE 4 Project Development Process
General
This article describes the project development process for highway planting projects.

Refer to Section 3 “Safety Roadside Rest Areas” for information regarding the project development process for safety roadside rest areas.

The project development process is defined as those activities that commence with the project initiation phase and end at the assembly of the final project records following project construction. Project development for all roadside facility work 29-28 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 476

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 2 – Highway Planting
should be consistent with this chapter, as well as Part 2 – The Project Development Process (Chapters 8 through 15).

The design of all roadside facilities should incorporate context-sensitive-solutions techniques using a collaborative, interdisciplinary approach involving stakeholders early and continuously. The goal is to achieve transportation improvements that integrate and balance aesthetic, environmental, scenic, and community values with transportation safety, maintenance, and performance goals. See Chapter 22 –
Community Involvement for specific information regarding community involvement.

The project development process for the design of roadside facilities should incorporate value analysis techniques that improve the quality and reduce the cost of these transportation improvements. Refer to
Chapter 19 – Value Analysis for specific
information regarding the value analysis process.

Project Development Team
Appropriate Caltrans’ functional units, especially maintenance (landscape specialists) personnel familiar with the project site, construction, the local community, and other external stakeholders should be contacted and invited to participate in the PDT.

Refer to Chapter 8 – Overview of Project Development, for specific information on the PDT.

Comprehensive Corridor Plan
Where highway planting and other roadside improvements are proposed for a highway through a city or other jurisdictional limit, the district landscape architect will provide a copy of the comprehensive corridor plan, if available, to the local community, public agencies, and other affected stakeholders. The comprehensive corridor plan may be prepared by a consultant or other entity in cooperation with the community, public agencies, external stakeholders, and Caltrans’ functional units, and is compiled and finalized by the district landscape architect. The plan may consist of drawings, charts, maps, images, and narrative necessary to guide future roadside enhancement and roadway aesthetic features, including general concepts sufficient to determine types and levels of highway planting and maintenance responsibilities.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-29 477

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
The comprehensive corridor plan should be reviewed and updated periodically to address current issues with internal Caltrans’ functional units, the local community, public agencies, and other affected external stakeholders.

Project Initiation Phase
General
A PID is required for the programming of all candidate Major projects into the STIP or the SHOPP. For specific information regarding project programming, refer to Chapter 9 – Project Initiation.

The PID serves to identify the purpose-and-need for a project, including deficiencies in highway planting, traveler and worker safety, aesthetics, erosion control, stormwater pollution prevention, traffic management requirements, and plant establishment needs. The purpose-and-need should be identified in the PID in sufficient detail to provide for development of a detailed preliminary design plan and design concept during the PR phase of work.

Data collection performed during the PID Phase should include field reviews; study of as-built plans; input from community, public agency, and other external stakeholders; and an assessment of district maintenance and other appropriate Caltrans’ functional unit needs. Identification of critical project elements early in the project initiation process allows development of an accurate work plan. An accurate work plan provides a sound basis for evaluating and monitoring project cost, scope, schedule, and ensuring timely project delivery.

The Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program district coordinator will review the unsigned PID to ensure conformance with Caltrans’ policies and program goals.

Cost Considerations
For Caltrans funding limits for planting work and water assessment fees, see the heading “Maximum Planting and Water Assessment Costs” in this section.

Design Concept
PIDs developed for highway planting and roadside rehabilitation projects must include a written design concept as an attachment to the PSR data sheet, and may include a conceptual design plan. The design concept must be compatible with the Comprehensive Corridor Plan, if available. The purpose of the design concept is to 29-30 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 478

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 2 – Highway Planting
identify project purpose-and-need, together with methods to address these needs, and to ensure that Caltrans’ objectives are achieved, including enhancing aesthetics, maintaining environmental, scenic, and community values, and enhancing traveler and worker safety.

The following should be considered during development of a design concept for highway planting and roadside rehabilitation projects:
• Highway planting concepts such as effects and extent of roadside clearing, weed control, soil preparation, plant establishment, maintenance and operational strategies, and water conservation strategies • Coordination with external stakeholders, including community representatives and public agencies
• Land use information, including railroad, adjacent land use, zoning, and the location of adjacent commercial businesses and advertising displays • Roadside development information, including:
• Right-of-way limits
• As-built plans
• Locations of paved ditches and drainage basins, and other areas that are not vegetated
• Prior environmental commitments
• Planned highway construction
• Environmentally sensitive areas
• Locations of subsurface and overhead utilities
• Soil conditions, including soil structure and fertility, presence of groundwater, and the presence of hazardous material such as aerially deposited lead • Climatic conditions
• Aesthetic deficiencies, as well as existing defining aesthetic features of the corridor
• Stormwater pollution prevention, including stormwater best management practices and water quality treatment techniques
• Water assessment fees and cost of water to be used during the length of the contract
• Irrigation techniques for water conservation including, but not limited to, temporary irrigation systems, recycled water transmission lines, recycled or non-potable water use, updating of irrigation systems with smart controllers, remote irrigation control systems, temporary irrigation systems, and reducing or ending irrigation at the completion of plant establishment • Planting for water conservation including the use of native and non-native drought tolerant plant material, and inert (gravel) mulch Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-31 479

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
• Traffic management issues, including the potential required staged construction, traffic control, requirements for nighttime construction, and the need for lane and shoulder closures
• Traveler and worker safety improvements, including:
• Relocating irrigation components such as controllers, backflow preventers, mainline pipe, remote control valves, lateral pipe, and sprinklers, or other roadside facilities such as ramp meters, control boxes and pull boxes to protected areas or adjacent to the right-of-way fence
• Removal or replacement of deteriorating trees or other plant material and removal of plant material that encroaches upon required sight distances or blocks visibility to signage
• Planting of vines and shrubs, or the use of textures on noise barriers and retaining walls to deter graffiti
• Automation and modernization of irrigation systems
• Providing maintenance access roads, access gates, and maintenance vehicle pullouts for workers on foot or in vehicles
• Placing organic (woody) or inert (gravel) mulch, or installing rock blanket areas
• Providing vegetation control treatment beneath guardrails and signs • Paving narrow areas
• Paving slopes beneath bridge structures
• Providing contrasting surface treatment beyond the gore pavement • Updating or removal of aging highway facilities. This work may include the following:
o Replacing guardrail with a concrete barrier
o Removing signs that are redundant
o Replacing signs that are not standard
o Removing or relocating pull boxes located in the shoulder or near the pavement edge
Upon completion of a draft design concept for highway planting and roadside rehabilitation projects, the PDT leader must request a review by the team, including the maintenance representative. The PDT leader may also need to arrange a meeting where other members of the PDT can discuss details of the design concept, including needs, deficiencies, priorities, and costs. The project landscape architect should update the design concept to incorporate feedback from this meeting in preparation for review by the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program district coordinator who will verify conformance with Caltrans’ policies, guidelines, and standards. 29-32 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 480

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 2 – Highway Planting
Design Exceptions
If deviations from design standards are needed, approval must be obtained according to the procedures in Chapter 21 – Design Standard Decisions.

Approval of deviations from design standards must be sought as early as possible in the project development process, especially where the project concept or project cost estimate depend on the proposed nonstandard design features. As soon as nonstandard design features are identified, the Headquarters Project Delivery Coordinator should be contacted to discuss the proposed nonstandard features.

District coordinators for the Headquarters Office of Landscape Architecture Support and Planning should be notified of project impacts.

Design Intent Statement
PIDs developed for highway planting projects should include a design intent statement. The design intent statement is developed from the design concept. It explains the purpose for the planting and irrigation work, as well as maintenance requirements for use by construction and maintenance personnel. By referring to this statement, future construction and maintenance staff can make decisions consistent with the original design concept.

A design intent statement should be prepared for all projects that include highway planting, including planting performed by permit. See
Appendix EE – Highway
Planting “One Liner” and Design Intent Statement (DIS) for the design intent statement format.

Project Approval and Environmental Documentation Phase
The PR refines the project purpose and scope described in the PSR and design concept. Planting work included with transportation improvement projects must be addressed in the PR for the parent project. Projects with planting, regardless of funding source or approval authority, are to conform to the responsibilities shown in Figures 29-1 and 29-2. Master PRs to cover several contiguous programmed projects on a single route may be acceptable when approved by the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program. See
Chapter 8 – Overview of Project Development and
Appendix K – Preparation Guidelines for Project Report for specific information on PRs for roadway projects.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-33 481

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Planting Areas
The limits of planting do not necessarily need to coincide with the limits of adjacent developed properties. Such planting may be done to achieve corridor continuity with adjacent planting, to retain “landscaped freeway” classification, or to accommodate conditions such as the view from the road, the terrain, road alignment, traffic control signs, drainage or as part of a greenhouse gas reduction strategy.

Preliminary Design Plan
The PR should include a preliminary design plan that graphically communicates the design intent as an attachment. This plan is useful in generating more accurate project cost estimates at the PA&ED phase and for evaluation of future maintenance need by the maintenance unit. The PDT must be provided the opportunity to review the preliminary design plan, providing input early in the development of the project.

Design Concept
The design concept should be updated during the PA&ED phase.

Design Intent Statement
The design intent statement should be updated during the PA&ED phase.

Environmental Compliance
The PR should document key environmental issues, findings, assumptions, and commitments made to stakeholders during the PA&ED phase of work to ensure these key concepts are incorporated in the built project.

New highway planting, roadside rehabilitation, and safety improvement projects do not typically require preparation of an environmental document, and are frequently classified as a categorical exemption (CE) under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and a categorical exclusion (CE) under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). The landscape architect should consult the district environmental unit to determine which environmental document, if any, is required for the project.

Projects not classified as a categorical exemption/categorical exclusion must include preparation of an environmental document to complete the PA&ED phase of project delivery. The environmental document must be attached to the PR. 29-34 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 482

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 2 – Highway Planting
The Standard Environmental Reference Volume 1, Chapter 30 describes the criteria that a proposed project must meet to be considered categorically excluded under NEPA as well as the preparation and processing of the categorical exclusion documentation.

The Standard Environmental Reference Volume 1, Chapters 34, 35, and 36 describe the preparation and processing of CEQA-only categorical exemptions, initial studies, negative declarations, and environmental impact reports.

Approval Process
The District Director is authorized to approve the PR.

Approval of the PR and completion of PA&ED signifies authority to prepare the PS&E and authority to finalize negotiations on the cooperative agreement. A copy of the approved PR should be transmitted to the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program.

Following approval of the PR, changes to the scope of work should be avoided.

Scope changes may affect other design decisions. Even minor scope changes may require additional field review or coordination with resource agency staff.

Accordingly, significant scope changes that occur following PR approval should be presented to the PDT for concurrence, and preparation of a supplemental PR may be required.

Plans, Specifications, and Estimate Phase
Preliminary Design Preparation and Review
Following PR approval, the project landscape architect should prepare the preliminary design, including detailed plans, construction details, special provisions, a project cost estimate, a plant list, and a water management plan. Planting and irrigation design should be sufficiently developed, and the plans should be complete and accurate enough to allow a detailed analysis of how well the deficiencies and justifications described in the PR have been addressed (including design for traveler and worker safety features).

Upon 60 percent completion of the preliminary design a review by the district landscape architect should be requested. The district landscape architect must ensure Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-35 483

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
the project complies with Caltrans’ policies and standards discussed in the Highway Design Manual, Chapter 900 – Landscape Architecture.

The project landscape architect should request information required to complete the PS&E from the various function units. As functional portions of the project are incorporated into the PS&E package, it should be reviewed for consistency and conformity with the entire submittal.

Design Intent Statement
During development of the PS&E, the district landscape architect should verify that the design intent statement is current and consistent with the PS&E and should verify that copies of the design intent statement are forwarded to district construction, district maintenance, and other pertinent stakeholders.

Plans, Specifications, and Estimate Submittal and Construction Contract Submittal for Advertisement
PS&E submittal to the Headquarters Division of Engineering Services-Office Engineer should follow the procedures listed in the Ready to List and Construction Contract Award Guide (RTL Guide).

Construction Contract Submittal for Advertisement – Water Conservation Requirements for Planting Work
Based on the recurring drought in California, and in anticipation of future water shortages, Caltrans has established the following standard water conservation practices that apply to all projects at all times:

1. Comply with the water conservation practices required by Deputy Directive DD-13 – Water Conservation and the Model Water Efficiency Landscape Ordinance, even when there are no restrictions on water use.

2. Limit planting to native and non-native plant material appropriate for the project microclimate so that no additional water beyond natural rainfall is required for healthy plant survival after the plant establishment period.

3. Limit supplemental water provided by irrigation to non-potable, unless not practical.

In times of drought, additional water conservation actions will be required. Caltrans has established the following water conservation levels to categorize the actions triggered by the severity of the water shortage.
29-36 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 484

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 2 – Highway Planting
Figure 29-3 Water Conservation Categories and Required Actions

Conservation
Category Condition That Triggers Category Actions Required by District Office Engineer or Designer
Voluntary At least one of the following actions Consider delaying the planting work Conservation occur:

1. Local water agency requires
water conservation

2. State requires voluntary
conservation statewide.
in projects until the voluntary
conservation requirements are lifted.

Consider using nonpotable water
truck watering sources.

Submit written documentation of
water availability with the submittal
of the contract for advertisement.

Mandatory
Conservation
At least one of the following actions
occur:

1. Local water agency requires
mandatory conservation

2. State requires mandatory
conservation statewide.

Do not advertise or award projects
that include non-essential planting
work irrigated with potable water.

Severe Drinking
Water
Emergency
State Water Resources Control Board-
Division of Drinking Water declares a
local drinking water emergency due to
an acute drinking water shortage.

Do not advertise or award projects
that include any planting work
irrigated with potable water.

Construction Phase
The project landscape architect should include the design intent statement, quantity calculations and project documents in the resident engineer (RE) file for distribution to construction.

The district landscape architect, project landscape architect, or functional units should be prepared to support and answer any technical questions from the district construction unit throughout the construction phase of work. Questions received directly from contractors, suppliers, or others outside of Caltrans should be directed to construction for response.

Prior to issuing contract change orders (CCOs) for any project that would affect highway planting or traveler and worker safety features, the construction resident engineer should consult with the district landscape architect or project landscape architect. The landscape architect should review the proposed contract change order with regard to its impact upon roadside facilities, stormwater pollution prevention, erosion control, and other issues and provide the construction resident engineer with immediate support.

In an effort to continue to improve the quality and maintainability of highway planting projects, the project manager should schedule three field reviews as appropriate during construction. Reviews should include the resident engineer, Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-37 485

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
project landscape architect, landscape specialist and either the maintenance manager or the maintenance area superintendent. Reviews should occur during the layout of the irrigation system, upon completion of planting, and at the final “walk through” during plant establishment.

Field review meetings should focus on completion of contract document requirements and details that affect the safety, function, and maintainability of the completed project. Reviews should provide for timely and effective adjustments when necessary.

Just prior to construction contract acceptance, the resident engineer requests assistance from a landscape maintenance representative and the project landscape architect to develop a “punch list” of items that do not meet Caltrans’ requirements.

Particular attention should be paid to compliance with water conservation requirements, including proper irrigation controller programming and operation and compliance with stormwater permit requirements, which, if not rectified, could result in additional maintenance to meet regional water quality control board requirements.

Transfer to Maintenance
Upon Caltrans’ acceptance of a new highway planting or roadside rehabilitation project, the district landscape architect and project landscape architect meet with district field maintenance for a project review. The project landscape architect must provide the district field maintenance with a file that includes product and equipment data, names and phone numbers of contact persons, and the design intent statement. 29-38 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 486

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 3 – Safety Roadside Rest Areas
SECTION 3 Safety Roadside Rest Areas

ARTICLE 1 Definitions, General Policy, and
Programs
Definitions
Safety roadside rest area – a facility that improves safety for the traveling public by allowing travelers to safely stop, rest, and manage their travel needs. Safety roadside rest areas provide an excellent opportunity for Caltrans to communicate with travelers.

Wayside stop – a facility designated by Caltrans, outside of the highway right-of-way, that provides products and services to the public, 24-hour access to public restrooms, and parking for automobiles and heavy trucks allowing for travelers to safely stop and rest.

Purpose of the Safety Roadside Rest Area System
The safety roadside rest area system is a safety component of the highway system providing roadside areas where travelers can safely stop, rest, and manage their travel needs. Planned with consideration of alternative stopping opportunities such as wayside stops, truck stops, commercial services, and vista points, the safety roadside rest area system provides public stopping opportunities where they are most needed, usually between large towns and at entrances to major metropolitan areas. To minimize the need for recurring maintenance activities, safety roadside rest areas are designed to support heavy use over many years.

Context Appropriateness
Safety roadside rest areas are unique pedestrian environments on the State Highway System where travelers (many of whom are unfamiliar with the local area) may get out of their vehicles and experience the local environment up close and on foot.

Users may interact with other travelers, rest area maintenance crews, and perhaps law enforcement. Safety roadside rest areas provide travelers with a lasting impression of California, and that impression should be positive.

Safety roadside rest areas provide an opportunity for local communities, businesses, and public agencies (including those that manage tourism and recreational resources) Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-39 487

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
to intercept travelers and provide information and communication links. In many areas of the State, safety roadside rest areas can have a role in contributing to local economic development strategies.

The ideal safety roadside rest area site balances preservation of scenic, environmental, and cultural features with mobility, safety, and maintainability design requirements. Environmentally sensitive areas and their features may, in some instances, be suitable sites, but they should be protected from degradation by construction, maintenance, and public use.

Each safety roadside rest area should reflect and be integrated with the aesthetic, environmental, scenic, and cultural features (terrain, geology, vegetation, history, architecture, archaeology, and colors) of the region in which it is located.

Architecture and landscape architectural development demand a high level of attention to maintaining contextual integrity through appropriate design details. The PDT must consider the existing natural and social context to develop an appropriate expression of its unique qualities for use in safety roadside rest area design.

Caltrans strives to work with local communities, trade and commerce organizations, the public, and other public agencies to ensure stakeholder collaboration in the development of safety roadside rest area improvements.

Use of Safety Roadside Rest Areas
Title 21 California Code of Regulations, Division 2, Chapter 20, regulates the use of safety roadside rest areas. Length of stay is limited to eight hours during any 24-hour period. Camping is prohibited. Solicitation of money and the sale or merchandising of food, goods, or services is prohibited, except for regulated newspaper vending, public telephones, commercial advertising, and vending machines operated by the blind under the California Department of Rehabilitation, Business Enterprise Program. Other non-commercial uses and activities may be considered when required by statute or requested in writing and approved by the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program.

Statutory Requirements
The California Streets and Highways Code, Section 218 through Section 226.5, directs the California Transportation Commission (CTC) and Caltrans to plan, design, construct, and maintain a system of safety roadside rest areas on the State Highway 29-40 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 488

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 3 – Safety Roadside Rest Areas
System, with associated costs paid from the State Highway Account. The California Streets and Highways Code also describes system planning criteria:
• In combination with other stopping opportunities, safety roadside rest areas should be located where they are most needed and approximately 30 minutes apart.
• Safety roadside rest areas may be provided at entrances to large metropolitan areas.
• Paired directional units should be provided on high-volume highways of four or more lanes; on all other highways, a single unit serving both directions should be provided.
• On high-volume highways, more safety roadside rest areas may be planned at strategic locations where needed.
• Caltrans shall design only those safety roadside rest areas that are reasonably economical, and that will provide travelers a safe place to stop for a short time during daytime and nighttime.
• The size of the units may differ according to location and potential use. • Safety roadside rest areas may include, depending on size and use, vehicle parking, picnic tables, sanitary facilities, telephones, water, landscaping, tourist information panels, traveler service information facilities, and vending machines.
• Safety roadside rest areas shall not contain camping or recreational facilities. • Caltrans must post, to the extent feasible, missing children information provided by the California Department of Justice and human trafficking posters.
• Caltrans shall authorize the placement of vending machines in a manner consistent with federal requirements. Caltrans will determine which safety roadside rest areas are suitable for vending machines, determine the vending machine locations within each safety roadside rest area, and approve the design and construction of any required vending structures. • Caltrans may accept grants and financial or other assistance for safety roadside rest areas.

The California Streets and Highways Code, Section 226.5, provides for a joint economic development demonstration project for up to six new safety roadside rest areas.
• Caltrans may construct, operate, and maintain up to six new safety roadside rest area units as a joint economic development demonstration project, subject to the following:
• There must be a public need for the safety roadside rest area, and the proposal must result in an economic savings to the State.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-41 489

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
• Contracts for construction and maintenance of these facilities shall be awarded through competitive bidding.
• Caltrans may permit traveler-related commercial activities. • No alcohol may be sold within safety roadside rest area facilities. • Law enforcement responsibilities are the same as for the State Highway System.
• A public hearing must be held for each project to allow the local community and other interested parties to comment.
• Any funds received for the demonstration project shall be deposited in the State Highway Account.

State and Federal Accessibility Requirements
Safety roadside rest areas contain public facilities used by pedestrians, including, but not limited to, buildings, parking areas, sidewalks, curb cuts, curb ramps, telephones, vending machines, and picnic tables and must conform to State and federal accessibility requirements. For detailed information regarding the review process for pedestrian facilities on transportation projects, refer to Design Information Bulletin 82
– Pedestrian Accessibility Guidelines for Highway Projects.

State Energy and Environmental Design Requirements
To comply with Executive Order B-18-12, Caltrans shall perform all of the following:
• take all cost-effective measures as described in the State of California Green Building Action Plan to build and operate the most energy-efficient and resource-efficient buildings.
• incorporate building commissioning to facilitate and improve building system operation.
• comply with applicable California Green Building Standard’s (CALGreen) Tier 1 measures for new or major renovated State buildings under 10,000 square feet.
• obtain “Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Silver” or higher rating for new or major renovated State buildings larger than 10,000 square feet. The United States Green Building Council developed the LEED rating system to advance energy and material efficiency and sustainability. • design and construct new or major renovated State buildings to exceed the applicable version of Title 24 California Code of Regulations, Part 6 by 15 percent.
• reduce water use 20 percent as measured against a 2010 baseline and strive for greater efficiencies.
29-42 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 490

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 3 – Safety Roadside Rest Areas
• utilize alternate sources of water whenever cost effective for buildings and landscape.

The Executive Order and Green Building Action Plan are located at the California Green Buildings website.

Caltrans is committed to the preservation and enhancement of California’s resources and assets by minimizing the environmental impacts of projects. To help achieve this goal, all new and renovated safety roadside rest area buildings will be designed, constructed, and operated at a “LEED Silver” or higher rating, using the applicable version of LEED.

Project LEED and CALGreen components are identified through a collaborative effort between the Headquarters Division of Engineering Services and the design unit working with the project development team.

See Article 3 “Project Development Process” in this section for specific requirements in each phase of the project development process.

Safety Roadside Rest Area Master Plan
The Safety Roadside Rest Area Master Plan describes the ultimate safety roadside rest area system to be implemented as funding allows. The master plan identifies existing safety roadside rest areas, new safety roadside rest area needs, other stopping opportunities, and proposed closures and relocations.

The Safety Roadside Rest Area Master Plan includes existing units and highway segments identified as needing new rest area services. It also identifies parking capacity expansion needs at existing units to meet current and anticipated 20-year demands.

The Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program will consider recommendations for changes to the master plan upon request by the District Director. Districts should consider the requests of public agencies (including federal, State, and local agencies; tribal governments; or non-federally-recognized tribes). The Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program coordinates Caltrans and CTC concurrence for all master plan revisions.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-43 491

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Safety Roadside Rest Area Rehabilitation Program
The purpose of the SHOPP Safety Roadside Rest Area Rehabilitation Program is to improve public health, safety, security, accessibility, and operational maintainability of existing safety roadside rest areas. Examples of improvements include operational improvements; capacity expansion (parking and comfort stations); rehabilitation or replacement of exiting structural elements; compliance with the California Department of Industrial Relations-Division of Occupational Safety and Health, the Americans with Disabilities Act of1990 (ADA), or sewage and drinking water quality mandates; electrical system upgrades; and upgrades to current ramp standards.

New Safety Roadside Rest Areas Program
The purpose of the SHOPP New Safety Roadside Rest Areas Program is to provide for new, appropriately spaced stopping opportunities as an integral part of the State Highway System where travelers may stop, rest, relax, obtain travel information, and return to the highway more alert and driving safely. All land, structures, landscaping, utilities and other facilities such as: restrooms, California Highway Patrol (CHP) office and storage space, tables, drinking fountains, telephones, motorist information, and trash receptacles are included. Partnerships and joint development on or off the State Highway System for safety roadside rest areas or other stopping opportunities with the private sector or public agencies are included.

The priority of the New Safety Roadside Rest Areas Program is to provide for additional safety roadside rest areas and other stopping opportunities on the Interstate System where there are gaps of more than 100 miles between existing safety roadside rest areas, where the closest safety roadside rest areas need additional parking capacity, and where unauthorized roadside parking is frequently observed. High- priority needs include additional safety roadside rest areas on Interstate 5 between Sacramento and San Diego, Interstate 80 between Sacramento and Oakland, and Interstates 8, 10, 15, and 40 in the desert areas.

Wayside Stop Demonstration Program
A wayside stop is defined as a facility near a highway but not within the highway right-of-way, designated by Caltrans as meeting the eligibility criteria of this program, that provides products and services to the public, 24-hour access to public restrooms, and parking for automobiles and heavy trucks. The Wayside Stop Demonstration Program conforms to the Interstate Oasis Program FHWA criteria. 29-44 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 492

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 3 – Safety Roadside Rest Areas
In partnership with the private sector or public sector, wayside stop facilities that may alleviate overcrowding at nearby existing safety roadside rest areas may be developed outside the State highway right-of-way. Wayside stop facilities provide an alternative to expanding parking at existing safety roadside rest areas.

The Wayside Stop Demonstration Program has been established to enhance safety and convenience for highway users by designating and providing signage to certain facilities off the freeway at six locations that will provide increased opportunities to stop for rest, use restroom facilities, and obtain basic services.

Caltrans may enter into an agreement with the operators of commercial or governmental facilities located along the State Highway System to designate those facilities as wayside stops, and to provide highway signage. One or more entities may participate jointly in the agreement.

Each wayside stop should consist of facilities that are clustered in a single, easily identifiable location. Unless they serve a single direction of highway traffic, wayside stops should not be located closer than 20 miles apart. In cases where no single business meets all of the eligibility criteria, a combination of two or more businesses may qualify as a wayside stop if they are located immediately adjacent to each other, are easily accessible on foot from each other’s parking lots by pedestrian walkways that are compliant with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and do not require crossing a public highway.

The wayside stop shall comply with laws concerning the provision of public accommodation without regard to race, religion, color, sex, national origin, or disability.

To qualify for wayside stop designation and highway signage, the facility must meet the following criteria:
• The facility must be located in an area designated by Caltrans as deficient in safety roadside rest area services. The location should correspond to a new rest area or stopping opportunity need as indicated on the current Safety
Roadside Rest Area Master Plan or should supplement the capacity of an existing safety roadside rest area that is deficient in parking capacity. • The facility must provide parking for automobiles and long vehicles (including commercial trucks) sufficient to meet anticipated demand, modern and sanitary rest rooms, and drinking fountains, at no charge to the public.

Parking areas and paths of travel shall be well lit.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-45 493

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
• Operators may designate a time limit for free parking, but travelers must be allowed at least 10 hours of free parking.
• The facility must be open and available to the public 24 hours per day, seven days per week, and must comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990.
• The facility shall provide products and services to the public. These products and services should include a public pay telephone; food (vending, snacks, fast food, and/or full service); and fuel, oil, and water for automobiles, trucks, and other motor vehicles. The facility may elect to provide additional products, services or amenities.
• The facility must be within three miles of the highway and shall be reached from a route that an engineering study determines can safely and conveniently accommodate vehicles of the type, size, and weight that would be traveling to the facility, entering and leaving the facility, returning to the highway, and continuing in the original direction of travel.
• The facility must include parking areas and ingress/egress points, that an engineering study determines can safely and efficiently accommodate movements into and out of the site, on-site circulation, and parking by all vehicles, including heavy trucks of the type, size and weight anticipated to use the facility.
• The facility operator must provide written assurance from local law

enforcement authorities that the facility will receive adequate police protection.
• The facility operator must provide sufficient maintenance so that all facilities available to the public are clean and usable.
• The facility should be staffed by at least one person 24 hours per day, 365 days per year.

A PR should be prepared that addresses the anticipated increase in traffic, parking, water, and wastewater-disposal demand and the impacts on the local community and environment. The public and affected agencies should be afforded an opportunity to comment on the proposed action.

Signage shall conform to the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (California MUTCD). Off-highway directional signs must be in place prior to placement of signs within the operational State right-of-way. 29-46 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 494

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 3 – Safety Roadside Rest Areas
ARTICLE 2 Responsibilities

New and rehabilitated safety roadside rest area projects follow a specialized project development process due to their uniqueness. Districts, Headquarters Division of Engineering Services, and the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program must work together closely for safety roadside rest area project development. Due to the limited expertise in the design of safety roadside rest areas, including architectural, structural, and site design the Headquarters Division of Engineering Services- Structure Design, Office of Transportation Architecture and the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program provide design expertise to assist the districts with project delivery.

Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program
Program Manager
The Headquarters Division of Design-Landscape Architecture Program Deputy Division Chief is the program manager for safety roadside rest area projects. The program manager:
• develops, approves, and maintains safety roadside rest area planning policy and guidance for the statewide Safety Roadside Rest Area Master Plan and sets priorities for new safety roadside rest areas, safety roadside rest area rehabilitation work, and wayside stops.
• recommends to the SHOPP Manager safety roadside rest area needs and deficiencies, performance objectives, and projects for inclusion in the current Ten-Year State Highway Operation and Protection Program Plan (SHOPP Plan) located at the Headquarters Division of Transportation Programming- State Highway Operation and Protection Program (SHOPP) and Minor Program
website and the biennial SHOPP.
• recommends to the Headquarters Division of Transportation Programming the funding of safety roadside rest area projects by the CTC. • is responsible for the development and consistent application of policy, procedures, practices, and design standards.
• advises the districts on project identification and development, prioritization of candidate projects, and provides technical expertise. • collaborates with the district to resolve programming, funding, and design issues.
• provides training related to the project development and design of safety roadside rest areas.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-47 495

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Program Advisor
The program advisor:
• implements the day-to-day safety roadside rest area responsibilities of the program manager.
• recommends approval of safety roadside rest area policies, procedures, plans, and other standards, and the resolution of non-routine issues by the program manager.

Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program Roadside Facilities Coordinator
The roadside facilities coordinator:
• recommends and maintains safety roadside rest area design policies, guidelines, procedures, and standards.

• maintains statewide liaison with internal and external stakeholders. • provides and distributes updated safety roadside rest area policies to the district safety roadside rest area coordinators.
• monitors compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and Design Information Bulletin 82 – Pedestrian Accessibility Guidelines for Highway Projects.
• oversees the development and updating of the statewide Safety Roadside Rest Area Master Plan and guides the districts in identifying current Ten-Year State Highway Operation and Protection Program Plan (SHOPP Plan) needs.

Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program District Coordinators The district coordinators:
• assist the district by providing guidance and training. • assist the PDT to ensure an appropriate, context-sensitive approach to the planning and design of safety roadside rest area sites, architecture, and site furnishings.
• review conceptual site plan, schematic site plan, architectural building

concepts, and architectural schematic building plans.
• facilitate the project planning and development processes through review, liaison, and coordination.
• assist the district landscape architect and PDT members by providing guidance regarding policies, procedures, practices, and standards in cooperation with the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program Roadside Facilities Coordinator.
29-48 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 496

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 3 – Safety Roadside Rest Areas
Headquarters Division of Engineering Services-Structure Design, Office of Transportation Architecture
Architect
The architect:
• in collaboration with the district landscape architect, is responsible for the development of architectural building design and building aesthetics. • as a PDT member, assists the district landscape architect with the development of site plans for new safety roadside rest areas and rehabilitated safety roadside rest areas that include new architecture, and with the modification of existing pedestrian facilities.
• is primarily responsible for the development of the architectural building concepts and architectural schematic building plans, and assists in the development of the conceptual site plan and schematic site plan in collaboration with the district landscape architect on aesthetic and site planning aspects, and based on the district’s aesthetic recommendations. • coordinates the work of building design disciplines within the Office of Transportation Architecture and Office of Electrical, Mechanical, Water and Wastewater Engineering in the Headquarters Division of Engineering Services-Structure Design during the planning and design phases and coordinates support through construction. The specialists include structural, electrical, mechanical, water and wastewater engineers, architects, building estimators, and specification writers.
• provides design standards (including CALGreen requirements) and coordinates the Headquarters Division of Engineering Services review and oversight of work performed by consultants.
• acts as the technical resource for Design Information Bulletin 82 – Pedestrian Accessibility Guidelines for Highway Projects, for architectural building work.
• for the Headquarters Division of Engineering Services portions of the PS&E, is responsible for review and approval of facility design in conformance with Design Information Bulletin 82 – Pedestrian Accessibility Guidelines for Highway Projects, and for coordinating the State Fire Marshal review for fire code compliance.

The architect will also be the project LEED coordinator and will:
• ensure that appropriate LEED credits are identified and optimized. • coordinate with various functional units to develop the LEED credit checklist from project initiation through construction.
• submit completed LEED templates to the United States Green Building Council, when applicable.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-49 497

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
• ensure that CALGreen requirements are met.

The evaluation and LEED components that are part of project scope of work must be documented in the project credit checklist, the Owner’s Project Requirements, and the Basis of Design. The appropriate LEED documents shall be attached to the PID and the PR.

Headquarters Division of Engineering Services Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design Project Reviewer
The Headquarters Division of Engineering Services LEED project reviewer, independent of the PDT:
• reviews project documentation for each LEED project. • determines if the project achieved the credits pursued at each major milestone.

District
District Director
The District Director ensures project delivery policy compliance when developing and implementing safety roadside rest area projects.

District Landscape Architect
The district landscape architect:
• identifies district safety roadside rest area needs, recommends projects, and develops site plans for new and rehabilitated safety roadside rest areas, including architecture, pedestrian facilities, and landscaping. • as a PDT member, assists the architect with the architecture, layout, design, and aesthetics of individual safety roadside rest areas. • develops the conceptual site plan and schematic site plan. • assists in the development of the architectural building concepts and architectural schematic building plans.

• acts as the technical resource for questions regarding Design Information Bulletin 82 – Pedestrian Accessibility Guidelines for Highway Projects, for site pedestrian facilities (excluding building work) for safety roadside rest areas.
• coordinates the review of site pedestrian facilities in conformance with Design Information Bulletin 82 – Pedestrian Accessibility Guidelines for Highway Projects.
29-50 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 498

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 3 – Safety Roadside Rest Areas
Project Manager
The project manager is responsible for managing a project’s scope, cost, and delivery schedule. The project manager communicates frequently with the district landscape architect, architect, Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program Roadside Facilities Coordinator, district maintenance, district project engineer (PE), and other functional units.

Project Engineer
The district project engineer is responsible for developing the civil engineering portion of the district PS&E package. The project engineer works closely with the district landscape architect, architect, and the PDT to coordinate the various project aspects.

District Safety Roadside Rest Area Coordinator
The district safety roadside rest area coordinator:
• serves as the district’s focal point for coordinating safety roadside rest area needs planning, project programming, traveler services (including vending and public information), maintenance, and partnerships with other public agencies and the private sector.
• provides liaison between Headquarters and the district, coordinating safety roadside rest area issues across various program functional units (planning, design, environmental, construction, operations, and maintenance).

The district safety roadside rest area coordinator is designated by the District Director. At the District Director’s discretion, separate coordinators may be designated for planning/design and maintenance/operations.

A current list of district safety roadside rest area system coordinators is located at the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program-Safety Roadside Rest Area System website.

ARTICLE 3 Project Development Process
General
This article describes aspects of the project development process that are unique to safety roadside rest area projects.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-51 499

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
To be eligible for programming, new safety roadside rest areas must be identified in the current Safety Roadside Rest Area Master Plan.

Safety Roadside Rest Area Partnership Projects
Joint economic development demonstration projects are managed and guided by the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program, with implementation by the districts.

Proposals for joint economic development of new safety roadside rest areas by private partners or other public agencies should be coordinated with the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program. Funding for joint economic development demonstration projects requires approval from the SHOPP Executive Committee.

Caltrans does not have statutory authority to commercialize existing safety roadside rest areas.

A viable safety roadside rest area joint economic development partnership may consist of a private or public partner that agrees to share in at least 50 percent of the total construction cost of a standard public safety roadside rest area facility, including, but not limited to, ramps, access roads, parking, utilities, architecture, landscape, lighting, signs, and fences. In conjunction with traditional safety roadside rest area facilities, the partner may fund, construct, maintain, and operate traveler-related commercial facilities, subject to State and federal laws, regulations, and requirements.

The partner should maintain both the public and private facilities for an agreed-to term, generally 25 to 30 years.

It is preferred that Caltrans or another public agency own the right-of-way underlying any facilities or improvements funded with State or federal funds. The partner may lease the land necessary for traveler-related commercial facilities from Caltrans or may construct those facilities on abutting land owned by others.

FHWA regulations and the California Code of Regulations restrict or prohibit most commercial activities within controlled-access Federal-aid highways.

Commercialized safety roadside rest areas are limited to locations along conventional highways or the area within one-half mile of a freeway ingress and egress.

Rest area partnerships are of interest, both positive and negative, to the local community and rest area stakeholders. Local and regional business competition, goods-movement needs, environmental concerns, and employment opportunities for the disabled and blind are among the issues of concern. Implementation of a 29-52 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 500

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 3 – Safety Roadside Rest Areas
successful partnership requires a willing partner, an economically feasible proposal, open communication, fairness to all interests, respect of the inherent risks and effort of private entrepreneurs, and attention to the concerns of all stakeholders.

Site Requirements
Prior to programming any new safety roadside rest area or major safety roadside rest area rehabilitation, the district must document the type and adequacy (capacity, quality, and reliability) of potable water, electrical power, and wastewater disposal.

Commercial or municipal water and wastewater facilities should be utilized where available. The district should analyze and document the feasibility and cost of developing, maintaining, and operating on-site wells and wastewater disposal systems.

A traffic analysis should be performed to determine the potential parking capacity demand for automobiles and long vehicles (commercial trucks, buses, recreational vehicles, and automobiles with trailers). Based upon traffic analysis, the comfort station capacity and utility demands can be determined by the Headquarters Division of Engineering Services. The district should determine to what extent the proposed site could accommodate the traffic demand without diminishing the site’s environmental and scenic qualities.

Prior to programming, the district must demonstrate the safety and adequacy of ingress and egress to the site as well as pedestrian and vehicular circulation within the site.

Site and Architectural Analysis
Professional landscape architectural design processes should be applied to the site design of all new safety roadside rest areas and safety roadside rest area rehabilitation projects. These include development of program/scope, base mapping, site inventory (topography, vegetation, hydrology, drainage, views, and wind), site analysis, consideration of alternatives, sustainability, and design synthesis.

Site designs should address the potential for future expansion, physical site constraints/capacity, and the appropriate protection or incorporation of site qualities.

The district landscape architect collaborates with the architect and district maintenance to provide the PDT with a recommendation regarding rehabilitation or replacement of comfort stations. Due to age and condition of comfort stations may Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-53 501

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
not be practical or cost effective to rehabilitate. When scoping each safety roadside rest area rehabilitation project, the cost and advantages of demolishing and replacing the existing comfort stations versus rehabilitation should be analyzed. The age, condition, materials, aesthetic qualities, before and after fixture capacity, and design requirements of the existing structure should be considered.

The Headquarters Division of Engineering Services will provide advance planning studies on building costs prior to project programming upon request by the district PDT.

Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design and
California Green Building Standards Code Analysis
The PDT uses the LEED Credit Checklist and CALGreen requirements to evaluate LEED credit areas, using the applicable version of LEED.

The PDT uses the LEED Roles and Responsibilities for Caltrans Groups/Disciplines to determine functional responsibility for each of the LEED credits.

Contact the Headquarters Division of Engineering Services-Structure Design, Office of Transportation Architecture for a copy of the LEED Credit Checklist, CALGreen requirements, and the LEED Roles and Responsibilities for Caltrans Groups/Disciplines.

Stakeholder Involvement
The PDT identifies, contacts, and engages external safety roadside rest area stakeholders (local communities, chambers of commerce, historical societies, planning and land use professionals, tourism and recreational agencies, Native American tribes, and trucking and goods movement associations) to assist in assessing the natural, cultural, and aesthetic context of the project; participate in the selection of safety roadside rest area style; and partner in the development and implementation of public information and interpretive displays. Stakeholders can also be valuable partners in seeking additional safety roadside rest area enhancements through other funding sources.

Design Charrette Process
The design charrette process is recommended for the development of conceptual site plans, architectural building concepts, LEED goals and PID LEED Credit Checklist, 29-54 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 502

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 3 – Safety Roadside Rest Areas
schematic site plans, schematic building plans, the LEED Owner’s Project Requirements, the LEED Basis of Design, and PR LEED Credit Checklist.

Charrettes can accelerate the design and delivery process and ensure that important criteria are identified and incorporated initially into the design analysis and development.

Collaborative efforts to develop the conceptual and schematic site plans include the district landscape architect; project landscape architect; architect; Headquarters Division of Engineering Services design engineers; project engineer; project manager; representation from maintenance, environmental, and right-of-way; Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program Roadside Facilities Coordinator; Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program district coordinator; external stakeholders such as: CHP, Bureau of Land Management, United States Forest Service, blind vendors, and others as appropriate to the project.

The Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program, and the Office of Transportation Architecture and Office of Electrical, Mechanical, Water, and Wastewater Engineering within the Headquarters Division of Engineering Services-Structure Design provide guidance on policy and standards issues and LEED considerations, and share ideas from a statewide perspective.

Project Initiation Phase
At the scoping stage for a new safety roadside rest area and safety roadside rest area rehabilitation projects, a PID is required for programming. A conceptual site plan must be developed, typically a bubble diagram that illustrates the following elements at their approximate location and scale: right-of-way, vehicular and pedestrian circulation patterns, existing and proposed structures, and existing underground and overhead utilities.

Expansion required to satisfy 20-year design needs should be shown diagrammatically as well. If future expansion is limited by physical site constraints, show only that expansion that is practical and describe unmet needs.

The context analysis studies and conceptual site plan are prepared by the district landscape architect, in consultation with the architect and other PDT members, and included in the PID.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-55 503

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Architectural building concepts, including diagrammatic floor plans (bubble diagrams), circulation patterns, and elevation sketches are prepared by the architect for inclusion in the PID. Architectural style, elevation, and construction detail concepts should be derived by analyzing local and regional architecture, historic and cultural context, and the natural environment. For safety roadside rest area rehabilitation projects that replace or significantly modify the existing architecture, the architect should develop a minimum of three contextually appropriate architectural building concepts for consideration.

The PDT shall incorporate CALGreen requirements and establish goals for LEED elements of the project regarding indoor and site environmental concerns, energy use, equipment efficiency, and building occupancy and management. A draft Owner’s Project Requirements and Basis of Design and a completed LEED Credit Checklist shall be attached to the PID. The Owner’s Project Requirements, Basis of Design, and Checklist shall be reviewed by the Headquarters Division of Engineering Services LEED Project Reviewer prior to PID approval.

The conceptual site plan and recommended architectural building concepts shall be reviewed with the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program Roadside Facilities Coordinator prior to PID approval. PIDs for safety roadside rest area projects must include an inventory of known environmental resources, identification of potential environmental issues and constraints, a description of potential hazardous materials or waste in the project area (including buildings at the project site), the type of environmental document anticipated for NEPA and/or CEQA compliance, and potential mitigation measures and their estimated costs. Refer to Appendix L –
Preparation Guidelines for Project Study Report for general information on PID requirements.

Project Approval and Environmental Documentation Phase
A PR is required for all new safety roadside rest areas, safety roadside rest area rehabilitations, and wayside stop demonstration projects. The PR refines the project purpose and scope described in the PID.

To facilitate Headquarters Division of Engineering Services building design, a building site data submittal must be completed by the district PDT and then submitted to the architect.
29-56 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 504

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 3 – Safety Roadside Rest Areas
A schematic site plan refines the conceptual site plan (bubble diagram) and must be prepared for all new safety roadside rest area projects and safety roadside rest area rehabilitation projects that involve the demolition and replacement of existing comfort stations or the placement of new buildings. The schematic site plan may manually drafted and must be of a scale sufficient to show the location and arrangement of site elements, including buildings, parking areas, walkways, benches, tables, picnic structures, lighting fixtures, potable water faucets, trash receptacles, dumpster enclosures, kiosks, trees, and lawn areas (generally 1″=20′).

The schematic site plan should be prepared by the district landscape architect and included in the PR.

The architect shall prepare schematic architectural building plans that are a refinement of the preferred conceptual alternative selected by the PDT and shall include floor plans and a view of each elevation.

A completed LEED Owner’s Project Requirements, Basis of Design, LEED Credit Checklist, and a list of CALGreen features shall be attached to the PR. The documents shall be reviewed by the Headquarters Division of Engineering Services LEED Project Reviewer prior to PR approval.

The schematic site plan and schematic architectural building plans shall be reviewed with the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program Safety Roadside Rest Area Coordinator and the program manager prior to PR approval.

Refer to Appendix M – Preparation Guidelines for Project Report (Safety Roadside Rest Area) for the PR format, requirements, and instructions for safety roadside rest area and safety roadside rest area rehabilitation projects.

Plans, Specifications, and Estimate Phase
Preliminary Site Plan and Preliminary Building Design
A preliminary site plan refines the schematic site plan and must be finalized before the Office of Transportation Architecture and Office of Electrical, Mechanical, Water, and Wastewater Engineering within the Headquarters Division of Engineering Services-Structure Design can begin their portion of the PS&E. This should occur at or before the 30 percent PS&E stage. At this stage, all site elements and plan dimensions need to be accurately depicted and drafted electronically.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-57 505

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
A preliminary building design plan refines the schematic architectural building plan.

Upon completion of the preliminary building design, the architect will present the design to the district for approval by the PDT.

Functional units responsible for individual LEED Credits submit documentation to the architect as soon as sufficient information is available to complete the necessary calculations.

District Plans, Specifications, and Estimate Development To facilitate coordination of the combined PS&E package, the district PS&E package is completed concurrently with the Headquarters Division of Engineering Services PS&E. The district is responsible for coordinating and ensuring the consistency of the final, combined PS&E package.

At PS&E, the Owner’s Project Requirements and LEED Basis of Design are updated, and the completed LEED Credit Checklist incorporated into the contract documents as a plan sheet. These documents are used to develop the LEED credit templates to be submitted to the United States Green Building Council.

ARTICLE 4 Closure

Emergency or Intermittent Closure

An emergency closure is an unanticipated temporary closure of facilities and temporary suspension of services at a safety roadside rest area unit to ensure public health, safety, or welfare.

An intermittent closure is a planned and regularly scheduled temporary closure of facilities and temporary suspension of services at a safety roadside rest area unit to respond to seasonal issues (such as a snow), an expected or documented reduction in demand during a specified period of time (a season, certain days, or months), or due to extraordinary budget issues.

Policies and procedures for emergency and intermittent closures are addressed in the Maintenance Manual.
29-58 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 506

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 3 – Safety Roadside Rest Areas
Permanent Closure
Permanent closure is the termination of services and facilities at an existing safety roadside rest area unit and the removal of that unit from the Safety Roadside Rest Area Master Plan.

Permanent closure, replacement, or relocation of an existing safety roadside rest area constitutes a project.

A unit of the safety roadside rest area system may be permanently closed only after the following conditions have been met:
• A project has been initiated for closure of the facility following existing project development procedures.
• The public and stakeholders have been provided an opportunity for public hearing.
• Environmental analysis indicates impacts will be insignificant or may be mitigated.
• Traffic analysis has addressed mainline and ramp traffic volumes and vehicle types (auto, commercial trucks, and buses) for the safety roadside rest area and adjacent safety roadside rest areas in the system.
• The CHP Division level office has been provided an opportunity to comment on the proposed closure.
• Route-segment accident and roadside parking history has been investigated and addressed.
• The resulting gap in safety roadside rest area spacing has been addressed relative to spacing guidelines in the statutes and the
Safety Roadside Rest Area
Master Plan.
• Availability of alternative safe and free parking and restroom opportunities have been addressed.
• Alternatives such as replacement, relocation, and operation by others have been evaluated.
• The FHWA has been provided an opportunity to comment on the proposed closure and identified reimbursement requirements.
• The District Director finds and recommends that safety roadside rest area closure will not reduce traveler safety.
• The Safety Roadside Rest Area Program Manager (Headquarters Division of Design-Landscape Architecture Program Deputy Division Chief) concurs that the safety roadside rest area closure will not significantly impact the safety roadside rest area system and amends the current
Safety Roadside Rest Area
Master Plan.
• The CTC concurs with the action.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-59 507

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Major stakeholders, including the local counties, cities, communities, and other parties should be notified and provided a 30-day opportunity to comment.

Districts should obtain the concurrence of the Safety Roadside Rest Area Program Manager (Headquarters Division of Design-Landscape Architecture Program Deputy Division Chief) prior to approval of the PID or PR.

In signing the PID or PR, the District Director should find that the safety roadside rest area closure will not impact the function of adjacent safety roadside rest areas.

Consideration should be given to potential impacts to safety roadside rest areas in adjacent districts or states. The approved PID constitutes district recommendation to amend the
Safety Roadside Rest Area Master Plan and permanently closing and disposing of the safety roadside rest area unit(s).

If the Safety Roadside Rest Area Program Manager concurs with the district recommendation, the proposal either will be recommended for programming (and subsequently for funding) as a capital project or presented to the CTC for concurrence.

Temporary Closure for Construction
Construction closure is a planned and scheduled temporary closure of facilities and temporary suspension of services at an existing safety roadside rest area unit due to rehabilitation or reconstruction contracts. It is the policy of Caltrans to close any unit of the safety roadside rest area system during construction, in accordance with the following guidelines:
• The local community, CHP Division level office, contract maintenance forces, California Department of Rehabilitation Business Enterprise Program vendors, rest area stakeholders, and general public have been notified well in advance of the closures and are provided with timely updates of information before and during the closure.
• Temporary or alternative restroom, water, and telephone services for the public during the construction closure period have been considered, if need is indicated and costs are reasonable.
• Advance public notification of the closures should be provided through press releases, signs on the highway, and signs or posters at the adjacent safety roadside rest areas.
• Efforts to shorten the duration of the construction period to reduce impacts to the traveler should be considered when feasible, economical, and reasonable. 29-60 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 508

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 3 – Safety Roadside Rest Areas
ARTICLE 5 References

The Highway Design Manual, Topic 903 – Safety Roadside Rest Area Standards and Guidelines, describes design standards for new safety roadside rest areas.

The Maintenance Manual provides policies and procedures for safety roadside rest area emergency and intermittent closures and for closures due to routine or planned maintenance activities.

The Headquarters Division of Engineering Services TAEMW&W Memo to Designers 7-1, Project Delivery Guide, explains the architectural, electrical, mechanical, water and wastewater project delivery process from PS&E start to final structure PS&E.

The United States Green Building Council LEED for New Construction Current Version Reference Guide provides guidance, resources, and information on the process of achieving LEED certification for new or major reconstruction of safety roadside rest areas.

The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) Guide for Development of Rest Areas on Major Arterials and Freeways, Third Edition (2000) provides useful guidance for safety roadside rest area planning and design.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-61 509

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
SECTION 4 Vista Points

ARTICLE 1 General Policy
Purpose of Vista Points
Caltrans recognizes that California’s highways traverse areas of scenic beauty and pass by points of visual interest where the traveling public desire to safely pull off the highway to experience the scenic view and take a short break from driving. To satisfy traveler expectations, Caltrans provides vista points at appropriate scenic locations.

A vista point is a roadside facility that permits travelers to safely exit the highway to park, get out of the vehicle, and view a scenic panorama or point of visual interest.

Vista points typically include parking areas, sidewalks, and viewing areas, and pedestrian amenities such as benches, interpretive displays, and bicycle parking. In some cases, vista points may also include picnic tables, rest rooms, trash receptacles, and drinking fountains.

General Considerations
Vista points provide travelers with a lasting impression of California’s environmental diversity and scenic beauty. Each vista point should reflect and reinforce the aesthetic, scenic, environmental, and cultural features of its surrounding region and should carefully balance preservation of these features with safety, mobility, and maintainability requirements.

Development of new vista points should be considered in the planning and design of all transportation improvement projects. New vista points should be implemented as part of a roadway construction project.

Rehabilitation of an existing vista point may be planned and designed as part of a roadway construction project or as separate stand-alone vista point project.

Vista points may also be integrated into new or existing safety roadside rest areas.

Preservation of Views
As part of providing travelers a place to stop and safely take in a scenic view, the preservation and enhancement of scenic views is a paramount design concern in 29-62 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 510

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 4 – Vista Points
designing a vista point. Site infrastructure that detracts from scenic views should be screened or located outside the scenic viewshed. Attractive views may be enhanced and revealed by selectively pruning or removing existing vegetation. Proposed vista point sites where future off-site development or vegetation growth may block scenic views should be avoided.

Scenic views at existing vista points may become obscured or degraded by unforeseen development or vegetation growth outside the right-of-way. Efforts should be made to work with adjacent property owners to reclaim lost views through vegetation pruning or removal of vegetation. When views cannot be restored, the vista point’s designation and signage must be removed and the facility designated and signed as a map stop. A map stop provides amenities similar to a vista point but does not feature scenic views.

Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 Compliance
To be designated a vista point, the site must be paved and provide access conforming to State and federal accessibility requirements (Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and
Design Information Bulletin 82 – Pedestrian Accessibility Guidelines for Highway Projects). Unpaved pullouts located beyond the shoulder are not designated vista points.

Signage Requirements
New vista points must include signage conforming to the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. Existing facilities designated by signs as scenic overlooks, scenic areas, scenic views, or viewing areas must also conform to the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. Signage not meeting California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices requirements must be replaced as part of adjacent roadway construction projects or as part of normal maintenance.

Vista Point Inventory
Vista points are listed in Caltrans’ vista point inventory. Contact the Roadside Facilities Coordinator in the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program to add a new vista point to the inventory.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-63 511

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
ARTICLE 2 Project Development Process
The district landscape architect provides the PDT with recommendations regarding the vista point site location, scenic view orientation, and conceptual site design.

Design concepts for vista points should be derived from an analysis of the local and regional setting, the historic and cultural context, and the natural environment.

To ensure stakeholder collaboration in the development of new vista points, the PDT identifies, contacts, and engages external stakeholders (local communities, historical societies, tourism and recreational agencies, and Native American tribes) in assessing the natural, cultural, and aesthetic context of the project area and in the development of amenities such as interpretive displays.

While Caltrans typically holds fee simple ownership of a vista point site, it may be necessary or desirable to construct a vista point on land owned by other State, federal or tribal agencies. Work to obtain right-of-way agreements or easements with other public agencies begins early in the project development process.

During PA&ED, a preliminary site plan is prepared by the district landscape architect depicting the right-of-way, topography, pedestrian circulation, and all existing and proposed site features and amenities for all new and rehabilitation vista point projects. The preliminary site plan must be of a scale sufficient to show the location and arrangement of parking areas, walkways, benches, picnic tables, trash receptacles, interpretive signs, and all other site elements that compose the design.

The preliminary site plan must be included in the project report.

The safety and adequacy of ingress and egress to the site, and pedestrian and vehicular circulation within the site, must be demonstrated prior to programming.

The proposed site must accommodate the traffic demand without diminishing the site’s environmental and scenic qualities. The Headquarters Division of Design is responsible for the design and approval of roadway geometrics.

The district landscape architect is responsible for approving site selection, design concept, and site design for all vista points.

ARTICLE 3 References
Refer to the Highway Design Manual, Topic 904 – Vista Point Standards and Guidelines, for a description of vista point standard facilities and design components. 29-64 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 512

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture

Section 5 – Park-and-Ride Facilities

SECTION 5 Park-and-Ride Facilities
ARTICLE 1 General Policy
Purpose of the Park-and-Ride System
Park-and-ride lots are valuable resources that lead to improved performance of the entire transportation system. They provide a location to park vehicles to utilize carpools and access bus and rail services or bikeways, thereby taking vehicles off of local streets and the State Highway System. Planning, constructing, and maintaining a network of well-placed park-and-ride lots is an important element of an effective multi-modal transportation system. The goals of a network of park-and-ride lots include, but are not limited to, increasing the mobility options of travelers, increasing person throughput on the system, decreasing the number of vehicle trips, decreasing greenhouse gas and air pollution associated with transportation, and decreasing congestion on the system.

Use of Park-and-Ride Lots
The California Vehicle Code, Section 22518, regulates the use of fringe and transportation corridor parking facilities constructed, maintained, or operated by Caltrans. Fringe parking is an area for parking located on a commuter corridor, outside the central business district, and most often used by suburban residents who work or shop downtown.

Park-and-ride facilities shall be used only by persons using a bicycle or public transit, or engaged in ridesharing, including, but not limited to, carpools or vanpools. No person shall park any vehicle 30 feet or more in length or engage in loitering, camping, vending, or any other commercial activity, on any fringe or transportation corridor parking facility.

Statutory Requirements
Park-and-ride facilities must be considered for inclusion on all major transportation construction projects that include, but are not limited to, new freeways, interchange modifications, lane additions, transit facilities, and high-occupancy vehicle (HOV) lanes. It is important to consider park-and-ride facility needs before setting right-of -
way lines. The district park-and-ride coordinator must be consulted as to the appropriateness of including park-and-ride facilities and for assistance in Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-65 513

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
documenting compliance with the legal requirements in the project initiation and project approval documents. Justification is required for proposals that are contrary to the park-and-ride coordinator’s recommendations. The California Streets and Highways Code, Section 146.5, regulates park-and-ride development as follows:
a. The department may construct, maintain, and operate fringe and transportation corridor parking facilities along the state highway system when those facilities would reduce motor vehicle traffic congestion or improve highway safety.

Those facilities may include child care projects that are part of an overall traffic reduction plan. For purposes of this code, those facilities are part of the state highway, and the department shall acquire the right-of-way necessary for those facilities in accordance with all of the laws and procedures applicable to other state highway projects.
b. The department may enter into agreements with other public agencies for the joint financing of fringe and transportation corridor parking facilities. The rights and obligations of the department and other public agencies with respect to those facilities shall be determined by agreement. c. Fringe and transportation corridor parking facilities estimated to cost two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000) or more and located in an urbanized area shall be limited to those facilities included by transportation planning agencies in a regional transportation improvement program prepared pursuant to Section 14527 of the Government Code. Not more than two million dollars ($2,000,000) of the state funds appropriated by the Legislature each year for state highway construction may be used for the purpose of constructing those facilities. In addition, for projects estimated to cost thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) or more, the state funds may be used only to match federal or local funds, or both.
d. It is the intent of the Legislature to allow the department to make available space in underutilized park and ride lots for child care purposes when linked to an overall traffic reduction plan. It is not the intent of the Legislature for the department to enter into the operation of those child care projects.

State and Federal Accessibility Requirements
Park-and-ride lots are public facilities used by pedestrians, including, but not limited to, parking areas, sidewalks, curb cuts, curb ramps, and telephones, and must conform to State and federal accessibility requirements. For detailed information regarding the review process for pedestrian facilities on transportation projects, refer to Design Information Bulletin 82 – Pedestrian Accessibility Guidelines for Highway Projects. 29-66 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 514

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture

Section 5 – Park-and-Ride Facilities

Park-and-Ride Lease Program
In partnership with the private sector, park-and-ride facilities may be developed outside the right-of-way of controlled-access highways. Caltrans may enter into agreements and leases with private land owners for use of existing parking facilities such as shopping centers and church parking lots, or to develop parking facilities for the park-and-ride lease program.

Refer to the Right of Way Manual, Chapter 11 “Property Management,” Section

11.15.06.00 “Park and ride Facility Leases,” for the procedure for Caltrans to enter into park-and-ride agreements and leases.

ARTICLE 2 References
The Highway Design Manual, Topic 904 – Park and Ride Standards and Guidelines, describes design standards for park-and-ride facilities.

The Maintenance Manual provides policies and procedures for maintenance of park- and-ride lots.

The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials Guide for Park-and-Ride Facilities provides useful guidance for park-and-ride facility planning and design.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-67 515

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
SECTION 6 Aesthetics

General
Aesthetics must be considered in the project planning and design process. This is particularly important for highways that traverse communities and areas of natural beauty and areas with a pronounced cultural context. A reasonable expenditure is justified to aesthetically enhance all transportation projects.

Aesthetic Considerations
The following factors should be considered when planning and designing a highway:
• New highways are located such that the alignments and appurtenances will be integrated into their surroundings, preserving or enhancing the natural and constructed environment to maintain contextual integrity. If applicable, the new highway incorporates scenic vistas. Aesthetic features such as natural slopes, rock outcroppings, and existing vegetation; scenic views; historic locales and cultural features; and important environmental areas should be preserved to the greatest extent possible.
• Highway alignment and profile are designed to fit the character of the area traversed and follow the existing terrain as closely as possible to minimize unsightly scars caused by excavation and embankment work. • Slopes are rounded to blend with the surrounding topography. • Provide wide medians, independent roadways, or separated grade and profile elevations on multi-lane facilities, to reduce the visual or environmental impact of the new highway, add scenic interest, and relieve the monotony of unilateral or parallel roadways wherever feasible.
• Consider bridges, tunnels, and retaining walls as substitutes for prominent excavation and embankment slopes when costs of such alternates are not excessive.
• When site requirements permit, stormwater treatment best management practices such as bioswales, infiltration, or sediment basins are sited and shaped to conform to the surrounding site conditions and terrain. • Include aesthetic features to integrate transportation improvements with their surroundings, including special treatment for bridges, median barriers, walls, ground cover materials, and pavement.
• Selectively thin or remove existing vegetation such as trees or large shrubs to open up scenic vistas and provide a natural looking boundary between vegetated and cleared areas. Vegetation removal for aesthetic purposes requires concurrence of the district landscape architect and input from the landowner and the district environmental unit.
29-68 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 516

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 6 – Aesthetics
• Protect desirable vegetation such as: trees, specimen plants, diminishing native species, or historical plantings wherever possible. Destruction of desirable vegetation is avoided if possible, or minimized. • Use project materials that reflect the character of the area. • Identify project or comprehensive corridor plan aesthetic features through community involvement and public participation. Aesthetic design features should address community goals, values, or other defining transportation improvement characteristics.
• Strive for consistency and compatibility of highway design features throughout the transportation corridor, including bridges, overhead sign structures, noise barriers, retaining walls, traffic barriers, and paving. • Develop corridor design themes with consistent form, line, color, material, and texture.
• Develop aesthetic treatments for wall structures in accordance with Design Information Bulletin 88 – Wall Structure Aesthetic Guidelines.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-69 517

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
SECTION 7 Blue Star Memorial Highways

ARTICLE 1 Purpose and General Policy
Purpose of Blue Star Memorial Highways
After World War II, a nationwide movement was started to pay tribute to the nation’s armed forces by designating various State and national routes as “Blue Star Memorial Highways.” In 1945, the National Council of State Garden Clubs, Inc. approved the Blue Star Memorial Program. California Garden Clubs, Inc. accepted the program in 1947 when the California State Legislature designated Highway 40 (now Route 80) and Highway 99 as Blue Star Memorial Highways.

General Policy
Caltrans cooperates with the California Garden Clubs, Inc. in erecting and maintaining appropriate memorial markers on highways that the California State Legislature has designated as Blue Star Memorial Highways.

ARTICLE 2 Responsibilities
Headquarters
The Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program coordinates the Blue Star Memorial Highway program. The Headquarters Division of Research, Innovation and System Information Office of Highway System Information and Performance, maintains a log of designated highway segments. This log is located at the Headquarters
Landscape Architecture Program-Blue Star Memorial Highways website.

The Division of Legislative Affairs assists the California Garden Clubs, Inc. with preparation of draft legislative resolutions.

District
The district:
• approves the location proposed for a marker and assures it is within a designated segment of highway. If the marker is located within an easement, the district is responsible for coordinating with the owner of record. 29-70 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 518

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 7 – Blue Star Memorial Highways
• assumes the administrative costs associated with the project, including permit processing and, if required, staff assistance and traffic control.

Because these markers designate memorial highways authorized by legislative resolutions, the district does not charge a fee for the required encroachment permits.

Permittee
The California Garden Clubs, Inc. is responsible for initiating and sponsoring legislative resolutions for Blue Star Memorial Highways through their local legislators.

The permittee:
• assumes the cost of all labor and materials involved in providing and installing the marker, as well as any modifications required to the facilities to accommodate the marker.
• restores, replaces, or removes markers that are vandalized or accidentally damaged.

ARTICLE 3 Guidelines
Location of Markers
The following guidelines govern the placement of Blue Star Memorial Highway markers:
• Markers may only be erected on highway segments that the California State Legislature has designated as Blue Star Memorial Highways. • On designated highway segments with safety roadside rest areas, markers should be placed in safety roadside rest areas.
• On designated highway segments without safety roadside rest areas, markers may be placed at vista points, historical sites, or other appropriate areas approved by the district.
• The district works with the California Garden Clubs, Inc. to identify an appropriate site, determine if planting is desirable, and coordinate the project.

Features such as paving, benches, or signs will not be permitted as part of a marker site.
• Placement of markers must consider the effect of the proposed marker on routine roadside maintenance activities, traffic flow, and the maintainability of the marker without interference to traffic.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-71 519

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Maintenance
The district performs litter pickup and other minor maintenance activities required in the right-of-way adjacent to the markers.

The permittee is responsible for maintaining the integrity of the marker. If a marker is vandalized or accidentally damaged, the district will consult with the permittee concerning its restoration, replacement, or removal.

Dedication Ceremony
The California Garden Clubs, Inc. may conduct a dedication ceremony at the marker installation site. A district representative attends this ceremony. 29-72 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 520

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 8 – Scenic Highways and Byways
SECTION 8 Scenic Highways and Byways

ARTICLE 1 General Policy and Program
General
Many State highways are located in areas of outstanding natural beauty. California’s Scenic Highway Program was created by the California State Legislature in 1963. Its purpose is to protect and enhance the natural scenic beauty of California highways and adjacent corridors through special conservation treatment. The State laws governing the Scenic Highway Program are found in the California Streets and Highways Code, Section 260 through Section 263.

A highway may be officially designated as scenic depending upon how much natural landscape is seen by travelers, the scenic quality of the landscape, and the extent to which development intrudes upon the traveler’s enjoyment of the view.

To be eligible for designation, a highway segment must be included in the California Streets and Highways Code, Section 263. An official list of highways “eligible” for designation as scenic highways and those already “officially designated” as scenic highways is located at the Headquarters
Landscape Architecture Program-Scenic
Highways website.

The status of a proposed State scenic highway changes from “eligible” to “officially designated” when the local governing body applies to Caltrans for scenic highway approval, adopts a Corridor Protection Program, and receives notification that the highway has been officially designated a scenic highway.

Corridor Protection Program
To nominate an eligible scenic highway for official designation, a city or county must identify and define the highway’s scenic corridor. Scenic corridors consist of land visible from the highway, and is comprised primarily of scenic and natural features.

Topography, vegetation, viewing distance, and/or jurisdictional lines determine the corridor boundaries. The city or county must adopt ordinances, zoning, and/or planning policies that preserve the scenic quality of the corridor or document that such regulations exist in local codes. The ordinances or policies should contain sufficient detail to avoid broad interpretation and effectively maintain the scenic Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-73 521

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
character of the corridor. These ordinances and/or policies make up the Corridor Protection Program.

The Corridor Protection Program must include five legislatively required elements:

1. Regulation of land use and density of development

2. Detailed land and site planning

3. Control of outdoor advertising

4. Careful attention to and control of earthmoving and landscaping

5. The design and appearance of structures and equipment Public participation in developing these elements helps to assure popular support.

ARTICLE 2 Designation and Design
Considerations
The Official Designation Process
To nominate an eligible scenic highway for official designation, contact the Caltrans district scenic highway coordinator. A coordinator list is located at the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program-Scenic Highways website.

The government entities with jurisdiction over lands adjacent to the highway must take the following steps:

1. Conduct a visual assessment of the route to determine if it meets current scenic highway criteria and to what extent, if any, development has intruded on the scenic views.

2. Submit a scenic highway proposal to the district scenic highway coordinator.

The proposal package should include a letter of intent by the local governing body, maps showing the scenic corridor and existing zoning, a map overlay of development in the corridor, a narrative description of the scenic elements, and clear delineation and labeling of all city, county, and public land borders.

The district and State scenic highway coordinators review the proposal and, if it is determined that the corridor meets the scenic criteria, the applicant proceeds to the next step. If the route fails this review, it is not advisable to continue seeking official designation.
29-74 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 522

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 8 – Scenic Highways and Byways

3. Prepare and adopt a Corridor Protection Program. The district and State scenic highway coordinators review the corridor protection program. If it is determined that the program meets the legislative standards, a recommendation to designate the highway as scenic is forwarded to Caltrans Director.

Adding State Highways to the Scenic Highway System
A city or county may propose adding routes with outstanding scenic elements to the list of eligible State highways. However, additions can only be made through legislative action. Before consideration of a new route, consult the district scenic highway coordinator to ensure that the proposed route qualifies.

County Roads as Part of the Scenic Highway System
Although there is no official list of county highways eligible for scenic designation, county highways that have outstanding scenic qualities are considered eligible and do not require legislation. To receive official designation, the county must follow the same process required for official designation of State scenic highways.

Scenic Highway Identification
The California poppy serves as the logo for the Scenic Highway Program. Caltrans places signs with this logo along officially designated routes.

Scenic Highway Program Funding
There are no special State funding sources for preparation of scenic highway nominations. However, interested cities and counties can apply to Caltrans for Community Based Planning Grants for this purpose. More information is available at the Headquarters
Division of Transportation Planning website.

Widening a Scenic Highway
While widening of scenic highways is allowed, Caltrans works with appropriate agencies to ensure protection of scenic corridors to the maximum extent feasible.

Caltrans identifies impacts to scenic corridors (including degradation and obstruction of scenic views) as an integral part of its project planning, project development, and maintenance operations.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-75 523

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Official Designation Does not Preclude Development
An effective Corridor Protection Program ensures that activities within the scenic corridor are compatible with scenic resource protection and consistent with community values while still allowing appropriate development.

Revoking a Scenic Highway Designation
The most critical element of the Scenic Highway Program is implementation and local enforcement of the Corridor Protection Program. Caltrans performs a compliance review of scenic highways every five years, or more often if appropriate.

Revocation of a scenic highway designation can occur if Caltrans determines that the Corridor Protection Program or the scenic quality of the corridor is no longer in compliance. A city or county may request revocation if it no longer wishes to be part of the program.

Scenic Highway Designation Benefits
Official designation requires a local governing body to enact a Corridor Protection Program that protects and enhances scenic resources along the highway. A Corridor Protection Program, properly enforced by the locals can:
• protect the scenic corridor from encroachment of incompatible land uses such as junkyards, dumps, concrete plants, and gravel pits.
• mitigate activities within the corridor that detract from its scenic quality by proper siting, landscaping or screening.
• prohibit billboards and regulate on-site signs so that they do not detract from scenic views.
• make development more compatible with the environment and in harmony with the surroundings.
• regulate grading to prevent erosion and cause minimal alteration of existing contours and to preserve important vegetative features along the highway. • preserve views of hillsides by minimizing development on steep slopes and along ridgelines.
• prevent the need for noise barriers (soundwalls) by requiring a minimum setback for residential development adjacent to a scenic highway. 29-76 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 524

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 8 – Scenic Highways and Byways
Additional Benefits
• Enhancing community identity and pride, encouraging citizen commitment to preserve community values
• Enhancing land values by maintaining the scenic character of the corridor • Providing a vehicle for the community to promote local tourism that is consistent with the community’s scenic values
Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-77 525

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
SECTION 9 Transportation Art

ARTICLE 1 General Procedure
Caltrans recognizes the effects of transportation facilities on local communities and encourages integrating these facilities with their surroundings to enhance and reflect the aesthetic, environmental, scenic, and cultural values of the affected community.

Caltrans supports enriching the cultural and visual environment by facilitating placement of transportation art within the State highway right-of-way.

Transportation art includes graphic or sculptural artwork, either freestanding or placed upon a required engineered transportation feature (such as a noise barrier, retaining wall, bridge, bridge abutment, bridge rail, or slope paving) that expresses unique attributes of a community’s history, resources, or character.

Transportation art is proposed, provided, installed, maintained, and removed or restored by the public agency representing the area in which the art will be installed.

The public agency may be a city, county, incorporated town, tribal government or non-federally recognized tribe.

Transportation art, community identification, and gateway monuments compare and contrast as follows:

Figure 29-4 Transportation Art, Community Identification, and Gateway Monuments

May
Include
Text
May Include
Graphic
Images
Freestanding
Structure
or Sign
Integrated With or
Placed Upon a
Required Engineered
Transportation
Feature
Transportation
Art
No Yes Freestanding or
Integrated
Freestanding or
Integrated
Community
Identification
Yes Yes No Yes
Gateway
Monuments
Yes Yes Yes No
29-78 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 526

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 9 – Transportation Art
Statutory Authority
Authority for Caltrans to control encroachments within the State highway right-of- way and thus transportation art, is contained in the California Streets and Highways Code, Chapter 3.

Intellectual Property Rights - Copyright Ownership of
Transportation Art
Transportation art located within Caltrans’ right-of-way is a benefit to the people of California and will become property of the State. Prior to the installation or placement of the approved transportation art, the artist(s) and public agency must provide Caltrans with an executed and notarized copyright assignment and transfer agreement containing terms and conditions approved by Caltrans. The copyright assignment and transfer agreement assigns, transfers, and conveys the artist’s entire rights, title and interest in and to the approved transportation art to Caltrans, including but not limited to, the artist’s common law and federal law copyright ownership rights to the approved transportation art.

Artist Disclaimer Statement
The artist must place a disclaimer statement in a conspicuous manner on or in close proximity to the artwork and will not be considered to be “text.” The disclaimer statement must state that the contents of the artwork solely reflect the views of the artist and do not reflect the official views or policies of Caltrans or the Federal Highway Administration.

Sponsor Recognition
Transportation art may include sponsor recognition such as the name, identifying logo, or symbol of the artist, public agency, and/or financial sponsor(s). The sponsor recognition should be unobtrusive, discreet, and not appear to be an integral part of the artwork. The sponsor recognition may be placed on or adjacent to the transportation art and will not be considered to be “text.” Caltrans retains sole discretion for determining the appropriate size, content, colors, and other elements of this recognition. Sponsor recognition must be provided and maintained by the public agency.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-79 527

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Sponsor Recognition Disclaimer Statement
The sponsor recognition must include a disclaimer statement that Caltrans does not endorse the sponsor’s products and/or services and that the sponsor’s name only appear as a reference as the source of sponsorship. This disclaimer must be placed in a conspicuous manner adjacent to the sponsor’s name and will not be considered to be “text.”
Placement
Transportation art may be either freestanding, or placed upon/integrated with a required engineered transportation feature such as a noise barrier, retaining wall, bridge, bridge abutment, bridge railing, or paved slope.

Freestanding transportation art within the State right-of-way must be placed as far as practical from the traveled way or edge of roadway, while still remaining visible. The proposed location for all transportation art must be reviewed by Caltrans for safety and environmental considerations prior to approval.

Transportation art that is freestanding is considered to be a discretionary fixed object.

See
Highway Design Manual Topic 309 – Clearances, for the minimum required horizontal clearances for transportation art.

Transportation Art Requirements
Proposed transportation art must:
• include graphics or sculptural artwork that expresses unique attributes of an area’s history, resources, or character.
• be a freestanding structure or sign, or integrated with or placed upon a

required engineered transportation feature.

• not make use of or simulate colors or combinations of colors usually reserved for official traffic control devices described in the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
• not create a distraction to transportation system users. For example, it should be large enough to interpret at highway speed, but not be so large that it demands attention from the motorist.
• not include illumination (such as blinking or intermittent lights) that impairs the vision of or distracts transportation system users. Other lighting may be permitted. Lighting may be allowed on existing structures only when approved by Headquarters Division of Maintenance-Structure Maintenance and Investigations.
29-80 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 528

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 9 – Transportation Art
• be located where required maintenance can be safely performed as specified in the encroachment permit, the maintenance agreement, and in conformance with Caltrans’ procedures.
• be appropriate to its proposed setting.
• be in proper scale with its surroundings.
• be composed of materials that are durable for the projected lifespan. • be fully funded for design, installation, maintenance, restoration, and removal by others for its projected lifespan.
• conform to provisions of the California Outdoor Advertising Act. • not imitate, obscure, or interfere with traffic control devices. • not interfere with airspace above the roadway.
• not be placed within State highway right-of-way upon trees, rocks or other natural features.
• not adversely affect existing structures, drainage patterns or stormwater runoff quality, landscaping, natural vegetation.
• not include reflective or glaring surface finishes.
• not include moving elements (kinetic art) or simulate movement. • not restrict sight distance.
• not display symbols or icons such as flags, logos, or commercial symbols, except as allowed in Sub-article “Sponsor Recognition.” • not display text.
• be designed to minimize ongoing maintenance needs. Caltrans-approved protective graffiti coatings may be required if appropriate. • be consistent with Headquarters Division of Maintenance-Structure Maintenance and Investigations inspection requirements, including the following:
• Paint used on structures should not fill or obscure cracks. Latex or other flexible type paints may be used on concrete structures only with written permission from the Headquarters Division of Maintenance-Structure Maintenance and Investigations.
• Painting of steel structures will only be permitted with written permission from the Headquarters Division of Maintenance-Structure Maintenance and Investigations.
• Painted art on concrete structures should avoid load-carrying, stress- bearing structural members, including, but not limited to bridge girders, soffits, columns, and piers. Wing walls and abutments are preferred locations for painted art.
• Artwork must not impair the necessary inspection of bridges, retaining walls, and other structures.
• To facilitate Caltrans’ inspection access to structures, mural art may be placed on removable panels.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-81 529

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
• Chipping, blasting, or in any way modifying existing concrete surfaces is prohibited, unless required for inspection by Headquarters Division of Maintenance-Structure Maintenance and Investigations.

Additional guidance for placing transportation art on highway bridge structures is available from Headquarters Division of Engineering Services-Structure Design, Office of Transportation Architecture.

ARTICLE 2 Responsibilities
Administrative Responsibilities
Headquarters
The Headquarters Division of Design-Landscape Architecture Program Deputy Division Chief:
• appoints a Headquarters Transportation Art Coordinator. • maintains and disseminates policy and procedures for the Transportation Art Program.
• monitors district performance and provides quality assurance of program guidelines.
• reviews proposals for conformance with policy and for statewide consistency.

The Division of Traffic Operations, Office of Encroachment Permits & Engineering Support Chief:
• develops forms and special provisions for the Transportation Art Program. • maintains and clarifies encroachment permit policies and procedures.

The Division of Engineering Services-Structure Design, Office of Transportation Architecture and Division of Maintenance-Structure Maintenance and Investigations:
• maintain guidelines for structural and architectural design and structure maintenance to facilitate the placement of transportation art on highway bridge structures.
• approve any exceptions to the guidelines for structural and architectural design and structure maintenance.
29-82 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 530

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 9 – Transportation Art
District
The District Director:
• administers the transportation art program in accordance with these guidelines. • designates a district transportation art coordinator. • approves qualified final transportation art proposals.

The district transportation art coordinator:
• acts as the single focal point to qualify, process, and evaluate transportation art submittals by public agencies.
• facilitates and coordinates the placement of authorized transportation art within the transportation right-of-way.
• notifies the Headquarters Transportation Art Coordinator of permit approval and construction completion.
• prepares annual summary reports and submits them to the Headquarters Division of Design-Landscape Architecture Program Deputy Division Chief. • reviews transportation art proposals for:
• documented public acceptance.
• compliance with State and federal regulations and Caltrans’ guidance. • adequately planned and resourced maintenance of the transportation art by the public agency.
• safety and liability issues for Caltrans, the public agency, and the public. • submits final transportation art proposals to the Headquarters Division of Design-Landscape Architecture Program Deputy Division Chief.

The district permit engineer:
• forwards the qualified final submittal to the Headquarters Division of Design, Office of Project Support, to obtain written approval from FHWA if the proposal is on an Interstate highway.
• ensures a maintenance agreement has been executed prior to issuance of the encroachment permit.
• ensures a copyright assignment and transfer agreement is executed prior to issuance of the encroachment permit.
• issues the encroachment permit to the public agency. • monitors and enforces permit and maintenance agreement requirements for the maintenance, restoration, or removal of transportation art. • inspects the transportation art construction.
• notifies the district transportation art coordinator of permit approval and construction completion.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-83 531

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Financial Responsibilities
Transportation art is solely funded by the public agency. All costs for proposed transportation art design, construction, access for maintenance, maintenance, and removal, if required, shall be the responsibility of the public agency and stipulated in detail in the preliminary and final transportation art submittals.

Caltrans assumes the administrative costs associated with reviewing transportation art proposals, and developing, issuing, and monitoring the encroachment permit and maintenance agreement for approved transportation art projects. All other costs, including labor, materials, supplies, and traffic control (if required) for design, engineering, testing, construction, installation, maintenance, restoration, and removal of the transportation art shall be the responsibility of the public agency.

Caltrans may require the public agency to provide bonds or other means to ensure maintenance, restoration, and removal of the transportation art.

Maintenance Responsibilities
Transportation art must be kept clean, free of graffiti, and in good repair. The public agency must provide regularly scheduled maintenance as described in the maintenance agreement for its projected lifespan, including graffiti removal and restoration work necessary to maintain the integrity of the transportation art. Graffiti removal shall conform to Caltrans’ policies and guidelines, which require prompt removal of offensive messages and timely removal of all other graffiti. Caltrans graffiti removal policy is described in Deputy Directive DD-39-R1 – Graffiti Prevention and Removal and Volume 1, Chapter D1 of the
Maintenance Manual.

A maintenance agreement for the care and upkeep of the transportation art by the public agency must be executed between the public agency and Caltrans.

Maintenance shall be performed by the public agency as stipulated in the agreement.

Worker access to perform maintenance required by transportation art should be from outside the highway right-of-way whenever possible.

Caltrans will not provide maintenance of transportation art, but may perform maintenance activities in the area, such as litter pickup and other activities associated with normal transportation facility maintenance. Any maintenance activities required adjacent to the transportation art that are over and above what Caltrans would normally provide must be described in the encroachment permit, maintenance 29-84 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 532

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 9 – Transportation Art
agreement, or cooperative agreement and identified as a responsibility of the public agency.

If the public agency fails to maintain the transportation art as provided in the maintenance agreement, Caltrans may perform the maintenance at the public agency’s expense, or direct the public agency to remove the transportation art at the public agency’s expense.

When notified by Caltrans, the public agency shall remove any transportation art that creates a maintenance or operational concern. If the public agency does not remove the transportation art in a timely manner, Caltrans may remove the transportation art and bill the public agency for the costs involved.

Caltrans reserves the right to immediately remove or alter transportation art due to emergency, construction, restoration, or other necessary activities affecting the transportation facility.

ARTICLE 3 Project Development Process
Processing Transportation Art Proposals
A transportation art proposal is developed by the public agency, as described in Article 1 “General Procedure,” that has jurisdiction over the area where the transportation art will be placed. Public agencies should contact the Caltrans district transportation art coordinator to develop a qualified final proposal for submittal to the District Director for approval, and then processed as an encroachment permit.

Transportation art included as part of a capital improvement project, will be reviewed and approved through Caltrans project development process, and as directed within these guidelines.

Preliminary Proposal Review
Public agencies seeking approval of transportation art must first submit a preliminary proposal to the Caltrans district transportation art coordinator. The coordinator reviews the preliminary proposal for safety, aesthetics, maintenance accessibility, message, and proper fit within the context of the transportation corridor. The preliminary proposal will be returned to the public agency for revision if Caltrans recommends changes at any time before final approval.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-85 533

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Preliminary proposals must consist of plans, specifications, artist renderings, and other necessary documents prepared by a licensed landscape architect, architect, professional engineer, or artist, as appropriate and include:
• A written evaluation of alternate locations outside the highway right-of-way for proposed freestanding transportation art
• A resumé of the artist’s work and background
• A full description of the proposed transportation art, including a model or scaled plans, elevations, sections and details necessary to convey location, view from all sides, materials, and construction or installation methods.

Caltrans may furnish site data as required
• Plans and details stamped by a licensed engineer if the proposal includes freestanding art, new structures, or modification of existing Caltrans’ structures
• Proposed location, showing existing topography, and dimensions and offsets to right-of-way lines, edge of pavement, centerline, and the clear recovery zone
• Proposed color scheme, paint or stain materials, or protective coatings • Required environmental documentation
• Material safety data sheet for proposed materials
• Proposed lighting
• Specifications
• Proposed traffic control plans and specifications
• Proposed cost estimate
• Proposed construction schedule
• Projected lifespan
• Proposed maintenance access plan
• Preliminary maintenance agreement, including maintenance schedule After receiving the preliminary proposal, the district transportation art coordinator reviews the submittal for compliance with safety requirements (clear recovery zone setback, visibility, maintenance access, and highway operations), and compatibility with transportation corridor character and aesthetics. The district transportation art coordinator may advise the public agency of constraints or other concerns, solicit additional documentation or exhibits, or may request changes to the scope of work.

The public agency must address all comments, make appropriate revisions, and resubmit the proposal to the district transportation art coordinator for review as a qualified preliminary proposal.
29-86 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 534

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 9 – Transportation Art
Upon acceptance of a qualified preliminary proposal, the district transportation art coordinator circulates the proposal for evaluation of potential conflicts with gateway monuments and community identification. District design, traffic operations, environmental, maintenance, right-of-way, and other appropriate functional units also evaluate the preliminary proposal and identify concerns or provide suggestions for compliance with Caltrans’ policies. Proposals that involve freestanding art, new structures, or modification of existing Caltrans’ structures must also be circulated to Headquarters Division of Maintenance-Structure Maintenance and Investigations, and/or Headquarters Division of Engineering Services-Structure Design, Office of Transportation Architecture.

The district transportation art coordinator also determines whether preparation of a permit engineering evaluation report (PEER) will be required, taking into consideration highway operation, maintenance, and tort liability.

Upon completion of district circulation, the district transportation art coordinator provides review comments to the public agency and asks them to make the required revisions. After completion of revisions, the package is resubmitted by the public agency to the district transportation art coordinator as a qualified final proposal. The qualified final proposal should then be processed by the public agency for public review.

Public Review and Public Agency Resolution
Prior to final proposal review by Caltrans, the public agency must document local support for the proposal. Working with the district transportation art coordinator, the public agency will determine an appropriate method of public review, ranging from a signed petition to conducting noticed public meetings. The public agency will secure and document public acceptance, ensuring that those most affected have been provided the opportunity to express either support or opposition to the final proposal.

After securing public acceptance, the public agency shall issue an adopted resolution or other official document recommending approval of the proposed design of the transportation art and requesting installation within the highway right-of-way. This resolution or document must describe the public agency’s:
• jurisdiction over the area of the project site.
• approval of the transportation art.
• funding responsibility.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-87 535

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
• commitment to regular scheduled maintenance of the transportation art throughout its projected lifespan, including timely graffiti removal,

restoration, and removal of the transportation art as required.

• proposed schedule for commencing and completing project installation.

Final Proposal Review
The district transportation art coordinator will review the qualified final proposal, including the maintenance agreement, and documentation of local support to verify that all previous comments have been addressed and will forward the proposal to the District Director for approval.

District Director Review
The District Director will review the qualified final proposal for public acceptance, compliance with State and federal regulations, and Caltrans’ guidance, adequacy of maintenance resources, and safety and liability issues for Caltrans, the public agency, and the public.

District Director approval of a transportation art proposal is made with due consideration to safety (location, potential for motorist distraction, and accessibility for maintenance), aesthetics, public support, and maintainability. Once approved, no changes shall be made without prior written approval of the District Director.

After District Director approval, the district transportation art coordinator advises the public agency to submit the proposal to the district permit engineer for processing as an encroachment permit.

Encroachment Permit Process
Approved transportation art proposals are processed as an encroachment permit as per the
Encroachment Permits Manual, Section 500.2 and Appendix B.

After Construction
After construction is complete, the district transportation art coordinator sends a copy of the transportation art proposal, approval documents, permit, and as-built information to the Headquarters Transportation Art Coordinator. 29-88 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 536

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture

Section 10 – Community Identification

SECTION 10 Community Identification

ARTICLE 1 General Procedure
Caltrans recognizes the effects of transportation facilities on local communities and encourages transportation system improvements that reflect community needs and its values.

Caltrans supports enriching the cultural and visual environment by facilitating the placement of community identification within the State highway right-of-way.

Community identification includes visual images, graphics, sculptural artwork, or text that is placed on a required engineering feature (such as a noise barrier, retaining wall, bridge, bridge abutment, bridge rail, or slope paving) that expresses unique attributes of a community’s identity, history, resources, character, or other defining characteristics.

Community identification is proposed, provided, installed, maintained, and removed (or restored) by the public agency representing the area in which the community identification will be installed. Public agency is described in Section 9, Article 1 “General Procedure.”
Community identification, transportation art, and gateway monuments compare and contrast as follows:

Figure 29-5 Transportation Art, Community Identification, and Gateway Monuments

May
Include
Text
May Include
Graphic
Images
Freestanding
Structure
or Sign
Integrated With or
Placed Upon a
Required Engineered
Transportation
Feature
Transportation
Art
No Yes Freestanding or
Integrated
Freestanding or
Integrated
Community
Identification
Yes Yes No Yes
Gateway
Monuments
Yes Yes Yes No
Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-89 537

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Community Identification Requirements
To avoid distraction and minimize visual clutter, only a single community identification or gateway monument will be permitted per each State highway approach in each direction within the public agency boundary. Existing community identification or gateway monuments located within 660 feet of the State highway on either private or public property will be considered the single allowed feature, and no additional community identification or gateway monument will be approved.

Proposed community identification must:
• incorporate any of the following: a name, logo, graphic, seal or slogan that has been associated with the community.
• be integrated with, or placed upon a required engineered transportation feature.

• not be a freestanding structure or sign.
• not make use of or simulate colors or combinations of colors usually reserved for official traffic control devices described in the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
• not create a distraction to transportation system users. For example, it should be large enough to interpret at highway speed, but not be so large that it demands attention from the motorist.
• not include illumination (such as blinking or intermittent lights) that impairs the vision of, or distracts transportation system users. Other lighting may be permitted. Lighting may be allowed on existing structures only when approved by Headquarters Division of Maintenance-Structure Maintenance and Investigations.
• be located where the required maintenance can be safely performed as specified in the encroachment permit, the maintenance agreement, and in conformance with Caltrans’ procedures.
• be appropriate to its proposed setting.
• be in proper scale with its surroundings.
• be composed of materials that are durable for the projected lifespan. • be fully funded for design, installation, maintenance, restoration, and removal by others for its projected lifespan.
• conform to provisions of the California Outdoor Advertising Act. • not imitate, obscure, or interfere with traffic control devices. • not interfere with airspace above the roadway.
• not be placed within State highway right-of-way upon trees, rocks or other natural features.
29-90 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 538

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture

Section 10 – Community Identification

• not adversely affect existing structures, drainage patterns or stormwater runoff quality, landscaping, or natural vegetation.
• not include reflective or glaring surface finishes.
• not include moving elements (kinetic art) or simulate movement. • not restrict sight distance.
• not display symbols or icons such as flags, logos, or commercial symbols. • not display text that makes special interest, private, religious, or political statements, or includes business names, trade names, jingles, or slogans. • be designed to minimize ongoing maintenance needs. Caltrans-approved protective graffiti coatings may be required if appropriate. • be consistent with Headquarters Division of Maintenance-Structure Maintenance and Investigations inspection requirements, including the following:
• Paint used on structures should not fill or obscure cracks. Latex or other flexible type paints may be used on concrete structures only with written permission from the Headquarters Division of Maintenance-Structure Maintenance and Investigations.
• Painting of steel structures will only be permitted with written permission from the Headquarters Division of Maintenance-Structure Maintenance and Investigations.
• Community identification on concrete structures should avoid load- carrying, stress-bearing structural members, including, but not limited to bridge girders, soffits, columns, and piers.
• Community identification must not impair the necessary inspection of bridges, retaining walls, and other structures.
• To facilitate Caltrans’ inspection access to structures, community identification may be placed on removable panels if not an integral part of a structure.
• Chipping, blasting, or in any way modifying existing concrete surfaces is prohibited, unless required for inspection by Headquarters Division of Maintenance-Structure Maintenance and Investigations.
• Additional guidance for placing community identification on highway bridge structures is available from Headquarters Division of Engineering Services- Structure Design, Office of Transportation Architecture Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-91 539

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
ARTICLE 2 Responsibilities
Administrative Responsibilities
Headquarters
The Headquarters Division of Design-Landscape Architecture Program Deputy Division Chief:
• appoints a Headquarters Community Identification Coordinator. • maintains and disseminates policy and procedures for community

identification.
• monitors district performance and provides quality assurance of program guidelines.
• reviews proposals for conformance with policy and for statewide consistency. • processes FHWA review of proposals located on an Interstate highway.

The Division of Traffic Operations, Office of Encroachment Permits & Engineering Support Chief:
• develops forms and special provisions for the Community Identification Program.
• maintains and clarifies encroachment permit policies and procedures.

The Division of Engineering Services-Structure Design, Office of Transportation Architecture and Division of Maintenance-Structure Maintenance and Investigations:
• maintain guidelines for structural and architectural design and structures maintenance to facilitate the placement of community identification on highway bridge structures.
• approve any exceptions to the guidelines for structural and architectural design and structure maintenance.

District
The District Director:
• administers the community identification program in accordance with these guidelines.
• designates a district community identification coordinator. • approves qualified final community identification proposals. 29-92 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 540

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture

Section 10 – Community Identification

The district community identification coordinator:
• acts as the single focal point to qualify, process, and evaluate community identification submittals by public agencies.
• facilitates and coordinates the placement of authorized community

identification within the transportation right-of-way.

• notifies the Headquarters Community Identification Coordinator of community identifications permit approval and construction completion. • prepares annual summary reports and submits to the Headquarters Division of Design-Landscape Architecture Program Deputy Division Chief. • reviews community identification proposals for:
• documented public acceptance.
• compliance with State and federal regulations and Caltrans’ guidance. • adequately planned and resourced maintenance of the community identification by the public agency.
• safety and liability issues for Caltrans, the public agency, and the public. • submits final community identification proposals to the Headquarters Division of Design-Landscape Architecture Program Deputy Division Chief.

The district permit engineer:
• forwards the qualified final submittal to the Headquarters Division of Design, Office of Project Support, to obtain written approval from FHWA, if the proposal is on an Interstate highway.
• ensures a maintenance agreement has been executed prior to issuance of the encroachment permit.
• issues the encroachment permit to the public agency. • monitors and enforces permit and maintenance agreement requirements for the maintenance, restoration, or removal of community identification. • inspects the community identification construction.
• notifies the district community identification coordinator of permit approval and construction completion.

Financial Responsibilities
Community identification is solely funded by the public agency. All costs for community identification design, construction, access for maintenance, maintenance, and removal, if required, shall be the responsibility of the public agency and stipulated in detail in the preliminary and final community identification submittals.

When the work is proposed by a public agency, Caltrans will allocate project resources for the design and integration of community identification as would Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-93 541

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
normally be allocated for the design of standard aesthetic treatments integrated with engineered highway features. Resources needed for design, implementation, construction (including traffic control, if required), and maintenance of community identification that are over and above what Caltrans would otherwise allocate will be negotiated with the public agency and documented in the encroachment permit or cooperative agreement.

When community identification proposed by a public agency is to be part of a Caltrans roadway project, Caltrans will allocate resources for the administrative costs associated with review and determination of appropriateness of proposed community identification as part of the transportation corridor’s existing and proposed engineered highway features.

Caltrans assumes the administrative costs associated with reviewing community identification proposals, and developing, issuing, and monitoring the encroachment permit and maintenance agreement for approved community identification projects. All other costs, including labor, materials, supplies, and traffic control (if required) for design, engineering, testing, construction, installation, maintenance, restoration, and removal of the community identification shall be the responsibility of the public agency.

Caltrans may require the public agency provide bonds or other means to ensure maintenance, restoration, and removal of the community identification.

Maintenance Responsibilities
Community identification must be kept clean, free of graffiti, and in good repair. The public agency must provide regularly scheduled maintenance as described in the maintenance agreement for its projected lifespan, including graffiti removal and restoration work necessary to maintain the integrity of the community identification.

Graffiti removal shall conform to Caltrans’ policies and guidelines, which require prompt removal of offensive messages and timely removal of all other graffiti.

Caltrans graffiti removal policy is described in Deputy Directive DD-39-R1 – Graffiti Prevention and Removal and Volume 1, Chapter D1 of the
Maintenance Manual.

A maintenance agreement for the care and upkeep of the community identification by the public agency must be executed between the public agency and Caltrans.

Maintenance shall be performed by the public agency as stipulated in the agreement. 29-94 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 542

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture

Section 10 – Community Identification

Worker access to perform maintenance required by community identification should be from outside the highway right-of-way whenever possible.

Caltrans will not provide maintenance of the community identification, but may perform maintenance activities in the area such as litter pickup and other activities associated with normal transportation facility maintenance. Any maintenance activities required adjacent to the community identification that are over and above what Caltrans would normally provide must be described in the encroachment permit, maintenance agreement, or cooperative agreement and identified as a responsibility of the public agency.

If the public agency fails to maintain the community identification as provided in the maintenance agreement, Caltrans may perform the maintenance at the public agency’s expense, or direct the public agency to remove the community identification at the public agency’s expense.

When notified by Caltrans, the public agency shall remove any community identification that creates a maintenance or operational concern. If the public agency does not remove the community identification in a timely manner, Caltrans may remove the community identification and bill the public agency for the costs involved.

Caltrans reserves the right to immediately remove or alter community identification due to emergency, construction, restoration, or other necessary activities affecting the transportation facility.

ARTICLE 3 Project Development Process
Processing Community Identification Proposals
A community identification proposal is developed by the public agency, as described in Section 9, Article 1 “General Procedure,” that has jurisdiction over the area where the community identification will be placed. Public agencies should contact the Caltrans district community identification coordinator to develop a qualified final proposal for submittal to the District Director for approval, and then processed as an encroachment permit.

Community identification included as part of a capital improvement project, will be reviewed and approved through Caltrans project development process, and as directed within these guidelines.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-95 543

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Preliminary Proposal Review
Public agencies seeking approval of community identification must first submit a preliminary proposal to the Caltrans district community identification coordinator.

The coordinator reviews the preliminary proposal for safety, aesthetics, maintenance accessibility, message, and proper fit within the context of the transportation corridor.

The preliminary proposal will be returned to the public agency for revision if Caltrans recommends changes at any time before final approval.

Preliminary proposals must consist of plans, specifications and other necessary documents prepared by a licensed landscape architect, architect, or professional engineer and include:
• A full description of the proposed community identification, including a model or scaled plans, elevations, sections and details necessary to convey location, view from all sides, materials, and construction or installation methods. Caltrans may furnish site data as required
• Plans and details stamped by a licensed engineer if the proposal includes new structures or modification of existing Caltrans’ structures • Proposed location, showing existing topography, and dimensions and offsets to right-of-way lines, edge of pavement, centerline, and the clear recovery zone
• Proposed color scheme, paint or stain materials, or protective coatings • Required environmental documentation
• Material safety data sheet for proposed materials
• Proposed message to be communicated
• Proposed lighting
• Specifications
• Proposed traffic control plans and specifications
• Proposed cost estimate
• Proposed construction schedule
• Projected lifespan
• Proposed maintenance access plan
• Preliminary maintenance agreement, including maintenance schedule After receiving the preliminary proposal, the district community identification coordinator reviews the submittal for compliance with safety requirements, visibility, maintenance access, and highway operations), and compatibility with transportation corridor character and aesthetics. The district community identification coordinator may advise the public agency of constraints or other concerns, solicit additional 29-96 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 544

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture

Section 10 – Community Identification

documentation or exhibits, or may request changes to the scope of work. The public agency must address all comments, make appropriate revisions, and resubmit the proposal to the district community identification coordinator for review as a qualified preliminary proposal.

Upon acceptance of a qualified preliminary proposal, the district community identification coordinator circulates the proposal for evaluation of potential conflicts with gateway monuments and transportation art. District design, traffic operations, environmental, maintenance, right-of-way, and other appropriate functional units also evaluate the preliminary proposal and identify concerns or provide suggestions for compliance with Caltrans’ policies. Proposals that involve new structures or modification of existing Caltrans’ structures must also be circulated to Headquarters Division of Maintenance-Structure Maintenance and Investigations, and/or Headquarters Division of Engineering Services-Structure Design, Office of Transportation Architecture.

The district community identification coordinator also determines whether preparation of a PEER will be required, taking into consideration highway operation, maintenance, and tort liability.

Upon completion of district circulation, the district community identification coordinator provides review comments to the public agency and asks them to make the required revisions. After completion of revisions, the package is resubmitted by the public agency to the district community identification coordinator as a qualified final proposal. The qualified final proposal should then be processed by the public agency for public review.

Public Review and Public Agency Resolution
Prior to final proposal review by Caltrans, the public agency must document local support for the proposal. Working with the district community identification coordinator, the public agency will determine an appropriate method of public review, ranging from a signed petition to conducting noticed public meetings. The public agency will secure and document public acceptance, ensuring that those most affected have been provided the opportunity to express either support or opposition to the final proposal. After securing public acceptance, the public agency shall issue an adopted resolution or other official document recommending approval of the proposed design of the community identification and requesting installation within Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-97 545

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
the highway right-of-way. This resolution or document must describe the public agency’s:
• jurisdiction over the area of the project site.
• approval of the community identification.
• funding responsibility.
• commitment to regular scheduled maintenance of the community identification throughout its projected lifespan, including timely graffiti removal, restoration, and removal of the community identification as required. • proposed schedule for commencing and completing project installation.

Final Proposal Review
The district community identification coordinator will review the qualified final proposal, including the maintenance agreement, and documentation of local support to verify that all previous comments have been addressed and will forward the proposal to the District Director for approval.

District Director Review
The District Director will review the qualified final proposal for public acceptance, compliance with State and federal regulations, and Caltrans’ guidance, adequacy of maintenance resources, and safety and liability issues for Caltrans, the public agency, and the public.

District Director approval of a community identification proposal is made with due consideration to safety (location, potential for motorist distraction, and accessibility for maintenance), aesthetics, public support, and maintainability. Once approved, no changes shall be made without prior written approval of the District Director.

After District Director approval, the district community identification coordinator advises the public agency to submit the proposal to the district permit engineer for processing as an encroachment permit.

Encroachment Permit Process
Approved community identification proposals are processed as an encroachment permit as per the
Encroachment Permits Manual, Section 500.8 and Appendix B. 29-98 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 546

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture

Section 10 – Community Identification

After Construction
After construction is complete, the district community identification coordinator sends a copy of the community identification proposal, approval documents, permit, and as-built information to the Headquarters Community Identification Coordinator.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-99 547

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
SECTION 11 Gateway Monuments
ARTICLE 1 General Procedure
Cities, counties, or incorporated towns often desire transportation facilities to provide identification and a favorable image of the area in which they are located. Caltrans encourages and promotes enrichment of the cultural and visual environment by facilitating and coordinating the integration of gateway monuments within the State highway right-of-way.

Gateway monuments are any freestanding structure or sign, non-integral or non- required highway feature that communicate the name of a local city, county or incorporated town.

Gateway monuments are proposed, provided, installed, maintained and removed (or restored) by the public agency representing the area in which the gateway monument will be installed. Public agency is described in Section 9, Article 1 “General Procedure.”
Gateway monuments, transportation art, and community identification enhancements compare and contrast as follows:

Figure 29-6 Transportation Art, Community Identification, and Gateway Monuments

May
Include
Text
May Include
Graphic
Images
Freestanding
Structure
or Sign
Integrated With or
Placed Upon a
Required Engineered
Transportation
Feature
Transportation
Art
No Yes Freestanding or
Integrated
Freestanding or
Integrated
Community
Identification
Yes Yes No Yes
Gateway
Monuments
Yes Yes Yes No
29-100 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 548

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 11 – Gateway Monuments
Statutory Authority
Authority for Caltrans to control encroachments within the State highway right-of- way, and thus gateway monuments, is contained in the California Streets and Highways Code, Chapter 3.

Placement
Gateway monuments within the State right-of-way must be placed as far as practical from the traveled way or edge of roadway, while still remaining visible. The proposed location for all gateway monuments must be reviewed by Caltrans for safety and environmental considerations prior to approval.

Gateway monuments are considered to be a discretionary fixed object. See Highway Design Manual, Topic 309 – Clearances, for the minimum required horizontal clearances for gateway monuments.

Gateway Monument Requirements
To avoid distraction and minimize visual clutter, only a single community identification or gateway monument will be permitted per each State highway approach in each direction within the public agency boundary. Existing community identification or gateway monuments located within 660 feet of the State highway on either private or public property will be considered to be the single allowed feature, and no additional community identification or gateway monument will be approved.

Before submitting a proposal to locate a gateway monument within the State highway right-of-way, the public agency must consider and document other feasible alternatives including, but not limited to:
• locating the gateway monument outside of the operational highway right-of- way.
• providing community identification on existing or proposed engineering highway features in lieu of a gateway monument.
• providing aesthetic treatment on an existing or proposed transportation facility in lieu of a gateway monument.
• use of existing or natural topographic features in the placement of the gateway monument.

Other improvements may be considered in conjunction with the gateway monument proposal. Any improvements over and above what Caltrans would otherwise fund, Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-101 549

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
install, construct, or maintain, will be the responsibility of the public agency.

Caltrans will collaborate with the public agency for appropriateness of the gateway monument proposal in context with existing, proposed, and future improvements.

Caltrans retains sole discretion for determining all design elements of a gateway monument, including location, appropriate size, colors, and content.

Proposed gateway monuments must:
• incorporate the name, logo, graphic, or officially adopted seal or slogan of the city, county, or incorporated town.
• be a freestanding structure or sign.
• not be integrated with, or placed upon a required engineered transportation feature.
• not make use of or simulate colors or combinations of colors usually reserved for official traffic control devices described in the
California Manual on
Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
• not create a distraction to transportation system users. For example, it should be large enough to interpret at highway speed, but not be so large that it demands attention from the motorist.
• not include illumination (such as blinking or intermittent lights) that impairs the vision of, or distracts transportation system users. Other lighting may be permitted. Lighting may be allowed on existing structures only when approved by Headquarters Division of Maintenance-Structure Maintenance and Investigations.
• be located where required maintenance can be safely performed as specified in the encroachment permit, the maintenance agreement, and in conformance with Caltrans’ procedures.
• be appropriate to its proposed setting.
• be a proper size and in scale with its surroundings. The maximum size shall fit within 353 cubic feet. The width shall not exceed 20 feet and the height shall not exceed 18 feet above existing grade
• be composed of materials that are durable for the projected lifespan. • be fully funded for design, installation, maintenance, restoration, and removal by the public agency for its projected lifespan.
• conform to provisions of the California Outdoor Advertising Act . • not imitate, obscure, or interfere with traffic control devices. • not interfere with airspace above the roadway.
• not be placed within State highway right-of-way upon trees, rocks or other natural features.
29-102 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 550

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 11 – Gateway Monuments
• not adversely affect existing structures, drainage patterns or stormwater runoff quality, landscaping or natural vegetation.
• not include reflective or glaring surface finishes.
• not include moving elements (kinetic art) or simulate movement. • not restrict sight distance.
• not display symbols or icons such as flags, logos, or commercial symbols. • not display text that makes special interest, private, religious, or political statements, or includes business names, trade names, jingles, or slogans. • be designed to minimize ongoing maintenance needs. Caltrans-approved protective graffiti coatings may be required if appropriate. • not display telephone numbers, street addresses, or internet addresses. • not require the removal of trees or other vegetation for visibility, or harm trees during construction. Pruning of tree branches or roots, and removal of shrubs should be avoided, and will be allowed only with written approval of the district landscape architect.
• not negatively impact existing highway features, including existing signs, irrigation systems, necessary drainage patterns, and facilities. • not protrude or span over travel lanes or roadbed.

ARTICLE 2 Responsibilities
Administrative Responsibilities
Headquarters
The Headquarters Division of Design-Landscape Architecture Program Deputy Division Chief:
• appoints a Headquarters Gateway Monument Coordinator. • maintains and disseminates policies and procedures for gateway monuments. • formulates and manages a statewide inventory of gateway monument

proposals.

• monitors district performance and provides quality assurance of program guidelines.
• reviews proposals for conformance with policy and for statewide consistency. • processes FHWA review of proposals located on an Interstate highway.

The Division of Traffic Operations, Office of Encroachment Permits & Engineering Support Chief:
• develops forms and special provisions for the Gateway Monument Program.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-103 551

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
• maintains and clarifies encroachment permit policies and procedures.

District
The District Director:
• administers the Gateway Monument Program in accordance with these

guidelines.
• designates a district gateway monument coordinator.
• approves qualified final gateway monument proposals.

The district gateway monument coordinator:
• manages the Gateway Monument Program
• acts as the single focal point to qualify, process, and evaluate gateway

monument submittals by public agencies.

• facilitates and coordinates the placement of authorized gateway monuments within the transportation right-of-way.
• notifies the Headquarters Gateway Monument Coordinator of gateway

monument permit approval and construction completion.
• prepares annual summary reports and submits to the Headquarters Division of Design-Landscape Architecture Program Deputy Division Chief. • reviews gateway monument proposals for:
• documented public acceptance.
• compliance with State and federal regulations and Caltrans’ guidance. • adequately planned and resourced maintenance of the gateway monuments by the public agency.
• safety and liability issues for Caltrans, the public agency, and the public. • submits final gateway monument proposals to the Headquarters Division of Design-Landscape Architecture Program Deputy Division Chief.

The district permit engineer:
• forwards the qualified final submittal to the Headquarters Division of Design, Office of Project Support, to obtain written approval from FHWA, if the proposal is on an Interstate highway.
• ensures a maintenance agreement has been executed prior to issuance of the encroachment permit.
• issues the encroachment permit to the public agency. • monitors and enforces permit and maintenance agreement requirements for the maintenance, restoration, or removal of gateway monument. • inspects the gateway monument construction.
29-104 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 552

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 11 – Gateway Monuments
• notifies the district gateway monument coordinator of permit approval and construction completion.

Financial Responsibilities
Gateway monuments are solely funded by a public agency. All costs for proposed gateway monument design, construction, access for maintenance, maintenance, and removal, if required, shall be the responsibility of the public agency and stipulated in detail in the preliminary and final gateway monument submittals.

Necessary resources for design, implementation, construction or maintenance of gateway monuments will be the responsibility of the public agency. A cooperative agreement between Caltrans and the public agency will document any such negotiated agreements.

Caltrans assumes the administrative costs associated with reviewing gateway monument proposals, and developing, issuing, and monitoring the encroachment permit and maintenance agreement for approved gateway monument projects. All other costs, including labor, materials, supplies, and traffic control (if required) for design, engineering, testing, construction, installation, maintenance, restoration, and removal of the gateway monument shall be the responsibility of the public agency.

Caltrans may require the public agency provide bonds or other means to ensure maintenance, restoration, and removal of the gateway monument.

Maintenance Responsibilities
Gateway monuments must be kept clean, free of graffiti, and in good repair. The public agency must provide regularly scheduled maintenance, as described in the maintenance agreement, for its projected lifespan, including graffiti removal and restoration work necessary to maintain the integrity of the approved gateway monument. Graffiti removal shall conform to Caltrans’ policies and guidelines, which require prompt removal of offensive messages and timely removal of all other graffiti. Caltrans graffiti removal policy is described in Deputy Directive DD-39-R1 – Graffiti Prevention and Removal and Volume 1, Chapter D1 of the Maintenance Manual.

A maintenance agreement for the care and upkeep of the gateway monument by the public agency must be executed between the public agency and Caltrans.

Maintenance shall be performed by the public agency as stipulated in the agreement.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-105 553

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
Worker access to perform maintenance required by gateway monuments should be from outside the highway right-of-way whenever possible.

Caltrans will not provide maintenance of the gateway monument, but may perform maintenance activities in the area such as litter pickup and other activities associated with normal transportation facility maintenance. Any maintenance activities required adjacent to the gateway monument that are over and above what Caltrans would normally provide must be described in the encroachment permit, maintenance agreement, or cooperative agreement and identified as a responsibility of the public agency.

If the public agency fails to maintain the gateway monument as provided in the maintenance agreement, Caltrans may perform the maintenance at the public agency’s expense, or direct the public agency to remove the gateway monument at the public agency’s expense.

When notified by Caltrans, the public agency shall remove any gateway monument that creates a maintenance or operational concern. If the public agency does not remove the gateway monument in a timely manner, Caltrans may remove the gateway monument and bill the public agency for the costs involved.

Caltrans reserves the right to immediately remove or alter gateway monuments due to emergency, construction, restoration, or other necessary activities affecting the transportation facility.

ARTICLE 3 Project Development Process
Processing Gateway Monument Proposals
A gateway monument proposal is developed by the public agency, as described in Section 9, Article 1 “General Procedure,” that has jurisdiction over the area where the gateway monument will be placed. Public agencies should contact the Caltrans district gateway monument coordinator to develop a qualified final proposal for submittal to the District Director for approval, and then processed as an encroachment permit.

Gateway monuments included as part of a capital improvement project, will be reviewed and approved through Caltrans project development process, and as directed within these guidelines.
29-106 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 554

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 11 – Gateway Monuments
Preliminary Proposal Review
Public agencies seeking approval of gateway monuments first submit a preliminary proposal to the Caltrans district gateway monument coordinator. The district gateway monument coordinator reviews the preliminary proposal for safety, aesthetics, maintenance accessibility, message, and proper fit within the context of the transportation corridor. The preliminary proposal will be returned to the public agency for revision if Caltrans recommends changes at any time before final approval.

Preliminary proposals must consist of plans, specifications and other necessary documents prepared by a licensed landscape architect, architect, or professional engineer and include:
• A written evaluation of alternate locations outside the highway right-of-way for proposed freestanding gateway monuments
• A full description of the proposed gateway monument, including a model or scaled plans, elevations, sections and details necessary to convey location, view from all sides, materials, and construction or installation methods.

Caltrans may furnish site data as required.
• Plans and details stamped by a licensed engineer
• Proposed location, showing existing topography, and dimensions and offsets to right-of-way lines, edge of pavement, centerline, and the clear recovery zone
• Proposed color scheme, paint or stain materials, or protective coatings • Required environmental documentation
• Material safety data sheet for proposed materials
• Proposed message to be communicated
• Proposed lighting
• Specifications
• Proposed traffic control plans and specifications
• Proposed cost estimate
• Proposed construction schedule
• Projected lifespan
• Proposed maintenance access plan
• Preliminary maintenance agreement, including maintenance schedule After receiving the preliminary proposal, the district gateway monument coordinator reviews the submittal for compliance with safety requirements (clear recovery zone setback, visibility, maintenance access, and highway operations), and compatibility with transportation corridor character and aesthetics. The district coordinator may Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-107 555

Part 3 – Specific Project Development Procedures
advise the public agency of constraints or other concerns, solicit additional documentation or exhibits, or may request changes to the scope of work. The public agency must address all comments, make appropriate revisions, and resubmit the proposal to the district gateway monument coordinator for review as a qualified preliminary proposal.

Upon acceptance of a qualified preliminary proposal, the district gateway monument coordinator circulates the proposal for evaluation of potential conflicts with transportation art and community identification. District design, traffic operations, environmental, maintenance, right-of-way, and other appropriate functional units also evaluate the preliminary proposal and identify concerns or provide suggestions for compliance with Caltrans’ policies.

The district gateway monument coordinator also determines whether preparation of a PEER will be required, taking into consideration highway operation, maintenance, and tort liability.

Upon completion of district circulation, the district gateway monument coordinator provides review comments to the public agency and asks them to make the required revisions. After completion of revisions, the package is resubmitted by the public agency to the district gateway monument coordinator as a qualified final proposal.

The qualified final proposal should then be processed by the public agency for public review.

Public Review and Public Agency Resolution
Prior to final proposal review by Caltrans, the public agency must document local support for the proposal. Working with the district gateway monument coordinator, the public agency will determine an appropriate method of public review, ranging from a signed petition to conducting noticed public meetings. The public agency will secure and document public acceptance, ensuring that those most affected have been provided the opportunity to express either support or opposition to the final proposal.

After securing public acceptance, the public agency shall issue an adopted resolution or other official document recommending approval of the proposed design of the gateway monument and requesting installation within the highway right-of-way. This resolution or document must describe the public agency’s:
• jurisdiction over the area of the project site.
• approval of the gateway monument.
29-108 05/24/2018A Project Development Procedures Manual 556

Chapter 29 – Landscape Architecture
Section 11 – Gateway Monuments
• funding responsibility.
• commitment to regular scheduled maintenance of the gateway monument throughout its projected lifespan, including timely graffiti removal, restoration, and removal of the gateway monument as required. • proposed schedule for commencing and completing project installation.

Final Proposal Review
The district gateway monument coordinator will review the qualified final proposal, including the maintenance agreement, and documentation of local support to verify that all previous comments have been addressed and will forward the proposal to the District Director for approval.

District Director Review
The District Director will review the qualified final proposal for public acceptance, compliance with State and federal regulations, and Caltrans’ guidance, adequacy of maintenance resources, and safety and liability issues for Caltrans, the public agency, and the public.

District Director approval of a gateway monument proposal is made with due consideration to safety (location, potential for motorist distraction, and accessibility for maintenance), aesthetics, public support, and maintainability. Once approved, no changes shall be made without prior written approval of the District Director.

After District Director approval, the gateway monument coordinator advises the public agency to submit the proposal to the district permit engineer for processing as an encroachment permit.

Encroachment Permit Process
Approved gateway monument proposals are processed as an encroachment permit as per the
Encroachment Permits Manual, Section 500.7 and Appendix B.

After Construction
After construction is complete, the district gateway monument coordinator sends a copy of the gateway monument proposal, approval documents, permit, and as-built information to the Headquarters Landscape Architecture Program Gateway Monument Coordinator.

Project Development Procedures Manual 05/24/2018A 29-109 557
Attachment B
558
Figure 1 - Transportation Art (I-215 south of D Street, Perris, CA) 559
Figure 2 - Transportation Art/Community Identification, Landscaping Enhancements (I-215 at Los Alamos Rd., Murrieta, CA) 560
Figure 3 – Community Identification (I-15 at Nichols Rd. and Franklin St., Lake Elsinore, CA) 561
Figure 4 – Gateway Monument (I-15 north of Indian Truck Trail and south of Cajalco Rd.) 562
Figure 5 – Gateway Monument (I-215 at Newport Rd., Menifee, CA) 563
Figure 6 – Landscape Enhancements (I-215 at Clinton Keith Rd., Murrieta, CA) 564
Wildomar Beautification
Update
City of Wildomar
March 8, 2023
Freeway Enhancements and Community Identification
565
Enhancement Options
Enhacnement Type May Include
Text
May Include
Graphic
Images
Freestanding
Structure or Sign
Integrated With or Placed Upon a
Required Engineered Transportation
Feature
Transportation Art No Yes Freestanding or
Integrated Freestanding or Integrated
Community
Identification Yes Yes No Yes
Gateway
Monuments Yes Yes Yes No
Landscape
Enhancements N/A N/A N/A N/A
566
Transportation Art
567
Transportation Art/Community Identification/Landscaping Enhancements 568
Community Identification
569
Gateway Monument
570
Gateway Monument
571
Landscape Enhancements
572

CITY OF WILDOMAR

CC - REGULAR MEETING

WORKSHOP
Agenda Staff Report # 3.2
Meeting Date: March
8, 2023
SUBJECT:

Second Budget Workshop for FY2024 & FY2025 Biennial
Budget
SUBMITTED BY:

Adam Jantz
PREPARED BY:

Adam Jantz

ACTION:

Receive comments from the public regarding the draft General Government budgets and narratives for the Fiscal Year 2023-24 and 2024-25 Biennial Budget.

SUMMARY:

Draft FY2024 & FY2025 Budgets and Narratives for General Government

DISCUSSION:

The City of Wildomar is starting the process of developing the Biennial Operating Budget, which covers the period of fiscal years 2023-24 and 2024-25. The Budget is the most important document the City produces on a regular basis as it provides the legal basis for funding services, programs, and projects.

The meeting tonight is a continuation of the process of encouraging input from the public in the development of the City’s Budget. The City is presenting draft budgets and narratives for departments in the General Fund classified under General Government. The total proposed expenditures are $4,596,400 for FY2023/24 and $4,696,400 for FY2024/25. Some of the major goals include the adoption of the City General Plan Update, improved live streaming, and securing a City Hall. Staff is also asking for input regarding several items noted in the presentation.

FISCAL IMPACT:

These are Draft Goals and Budgets for FY2024 & FY2025. These are being presented for public comment and review. Final budget adoption will be at the June Council meeting. As such, there are no fiscal impacts at this time.

ATTACHMENTS:
573
FY2024 & FY2025 Draft General Gov Budgets Workshop 3-8-2023.pdf FY2024 & FY2025 Draft Narratives for General Gov Workshop 3-8-2023.pdf FY2024 & FY2025 2nd Workshop Presentation.pdf
574
Fund FY2021-22
Actuals
FY2022-23 2nd
Quarter Adjusted
Budget
FY 2023-24
Proposed Budget
FY 2024-25
Proposed Budget
100 General Fund
General Government
City Council 265,192$ 277,300$ 264,200$ 261,200$ City Manager 593,826 414,900 455,400 458,400 City Clerk 216,716 396,900 337,300 357,500 City Attorney 69,735 280,900 296,700 305,700 Economic Development 271,398 431,700 451,700 471,400 Administrative Services 853,215 949,100 886,400 779,100 Human Resources 197,216 235,300 342,100 352,400 IT Services - 296,200 333,500 300,900 Community Services 43,525 115,600 102,200 104,000 O'Brien Park - - 2,500 - Heritage Park - 300 - - Windsong Park - - - - Ball Fields 14,420 20,000 25,400 24,100 Malaga Park - - - - 11 Acre Park 800 1,000 1,200 1,500 27 Acre Park 2,785 5,000 5,000 5,500 Non-Departmental/Facilities 1,256,018 950,100 1,092,800 1,274,700 General Government Total 3,784,845 4,374,300 4,596,400 4,696,400 General Fund Expenditures

CITY OF WILDOMAR
575
City Council
2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25
Account Number Actuals 2nd Quarter Budget Budget Budget

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4110-51005 Stipends 24,000$ 24,000$ 24,000$ 24,000$ 100-410-4110-51150 PERS Retirement 2,674 2,500 2,500 2,500 100-410-4110-51160 Medicare 304 400 400 400 100-410-4110-51164 SUI 3 - - - 100-410-4110-51200 Medical Ins. 33,261 86,900 78,800 78,800 100-410-4110-51201 Dental Ins. 2,260 8,500 7,600 7,600 100-410-4110-51202 Vision Ins. 305 1,000 900 900 100-410-4110-51204 Life Ins. 304 1,100 1,100 1,100 100-410-4110-51208 Other Ins Premium 42,654 27,300 42,800 42,800 Total Salary and Benefits 105,764 151,700 158,100 158,100 100-410-4110-52010 Office Supplies 333 500 500 500 100-410-4110-52012 Departmental Supplies 5,620 4,000 4,000 4,000 100-410-4110-52015 Postage Mailing - 100 100 100 100-410-4110-52025 Community Promotion 17,470 17,500 - - 100-410-4110-52100 Memberships/Dues 415 1,000 1,000 1,000 100-410-4110-52105 Meetings/Conferences 8,003 19,000 12,000 12,000 100-410-4110-52110 Training - 18,000 15,000 15,000 100-410-4110-52113 Travel 8,160 2,500 10,000 10,000 100-410-4110-52116 Professional Services 53,052 40,000 40,000 40,000 100-410-4110-52117 Legal Services 63,681 10,000 10,000 10,000 100-410-4110-53020 Telephone 662 1,500 1,500 1,500 100-410-4110-53028 Communications 2,028 1,500 2,000 1,500 100-410-4110-58110 Hardware/Software 6 10,000 10,000 7,500 Total Other Expenditures 159,428 125,600 106,100 103,100 Total City Council - 4110 265,192$ 277,300$ 264,200$ 261,200$ 2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget
Proposed
576
Department: City Council - 4110
Fund Number: General Fund - 100
Other Expenditures
2023-24 2024-25
100-410-4110-52010 Office Supplies 500$ 500$ 100-410-4110-52012 Departmental Supplies (Employee Apparel $500 ea. plus $1500 Misc) 4,000 4,000 100-410-4110-52015 Postage Mailing 100 100 100-410-4110-52025 Community Promotion (Non-Profit In-Lieu of CDBG)(Non-Profit Start Up and Support) - - 100-410-4110-52100 Memberships/Dues 1,000 1,000 100-410-4110-52105 Meetings/Conferences:

League Conference Registration/Lodging/Meal for 5 Council Members 7,500 7,500 League Policy/Division Mtgs. $500/Per Year Per Council Member 2,500 2,500 ICSC Conference - 2 Council Members - - Chamber of Commerce and Local events 2,000 2,000 Total Meetings/Conferences 12,000 12,000 100-410-4110-52110 Training
Misc. Council Member Training 15,000 15,000 Total Training 15,000 15,000
100-410-4110-52113 Travel Travel for 5 Council Members 10,000 10,000 100-410-4110-52116 Professional Services
State of the City Event 35,000 35,000 Misc. Support Services & Videos 5,000 5,000 Total Professional Services 40,000 40,000 100-410-4110-52117 Legal Services Not Covered by Retention Allocation 10,000 10,000 100-410-4110-53020 Telephone 1,500 1,500 100-410-4110-53028 Communications (internet data charges) 2,000 1,500 100-410-4110-58110 Hardware/Software
iPhone/iPad Replacement 2 Council Members 5,000
iPhone/iPad Replacement 3 Council Members 7,500
Misc. Software Upgrades and Licenses 5 Council Members 2,500 2,500 Total Hardware/Software 10,000 7,500 Total Other Expenditures 106,100$ 103,100$ 2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget Detail
Proposed
577
City Manager
2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25
Account Number Actuals 2nd Quarter Budget Budget Budget

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4120-51001 Salaries 360,266$ 196,100$ 196,100$ 196,100$ 100-410-4120-51002 Cash-Outs 9,402 18,400 7,600 7,600 100-410-4120-51010 Overtime 138 - - - 100-410-4120-51100 Auto Allowance 7,209 6,300 6,300 6,300 100-410-4120-51105 Cell Phone Allowance 1,301 600 600 600 100-410-4120-51107 Internet Allowance 1,301 600 600 600 100-410-4120-51150 PERS Retirement 49,360 14,700 14,700 14,700 100-410-4120-51155 Social Security - - - - 100-410-4120-51160 Medicare 5,466 3,000 3,100 3,100 100-410-4120-51164 SUI 202 - - - 100-410-4120-51200 Medical Ins. 18,925 10,800 9,600 9,600 100-410-4120-51201 Dental Ins. 1,423 700 600 600 100-410-4120-51202 Vision Ins. 190 200 200 200 100-410-4120-51204 Life Ins. 109 200 200 200 100-410-4120-51205 STD & LTD Disability Ins. 109 - - - 100-410-4120-51208 Other Ins Premium 8,554 1,900 1,700 1,700 100-410-4120-51210 Retirement RHS 8,693 - - - 100-410-4120-51215 401a Retirement - - 15,700 15,700 Total Salary and Benefits 472,648 253,500 257,000 257,000 100-410-4120-52010 Office Supplies 70 1,200 1,200 1,200 100-410-4120-52012 Departmental Supplies 24 1,600 1,600 1,600 100-410-4120-52100 Memberships/Dues 475 2,600 800 800 100-410-4120-52105 Meetings/Conferences 3,919 7,600 8,600 8,600 100-410-4120-52110 Training - 1,000 10,300 10,300 100-410-4120-52113 Travel 2,602 1,000 2,500 2,500 100-410-4120-52115 Contractual Services 11,099 66,000 66,000 66,000 100-410-4120-52116 Professional Services 25,680 50,000 50,000 50,000 100-410-4120-52117 Legal Services 74,965 20,000 50,000 50,000 100-410-4120-53020 Telephone - 1,200 1,200 1,200 100-410-4120-53028 Communications 5 1,200 1,200 1,200 100-410-4120-58100 Furniture & Equipment - 2,000 2,000 2,000 100-410-4120-58110 Hardware/Software 2,340 6,000 3,000 6,000 Total Other Expenditures 121,179 161,400 198,400 201,400 TOTAL GENERAL FUND 593,826 414,900 455,400 458,400 Total City Manager - 4120 593,826 414,900 455,400 458,400 2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget
Proposed
578
Department: City Manager - 4120
Fund Number: General Fund - 100
Other Expenditures
2023-24 2024-25
100-410-4120-52010 Office Supplies 1,200$ 1,200$ 100-410-4120-52012 Departmental Supplies 1,600 1,600 100-410-4120-52100 Memberships/Dues
CA City Managers Assoc 400 400
Professional Civil Eng 200 200
Professional Land Survey 200 200 Total Memberships/Dues 800 800
100-410-4120-52105 Meetings/Conferences
2,500 2,500
League of CA Cities - CM Department Conference 2,500 2,500 League Policy/Division Mtgs. - CM 600 600 ICSC 2,500 2,500
Regional conferences 500 500
Total Meetings/Conferences 8,600 8,600 100-410-4120-52110 Training
Executive Management Team Building 8,500 8,500 Supervisor Academy Training 1,800 1,800 Total Training 10,300 10,300
100-410-4120-52113 Travel (out of local area) 2,500 2,500 100-410-4120-52115 Contractual Services
Legislative Support 36,000 36,000
Temporary Labor Services 30,000 30,000 Total Contractual Services 66,000 66,000 2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget Detail
Proposed
Annual League of California Cities Conference
Registration/Lodging/Meal - CM
579
Department: City Manager - 4120
Fund Number: General Fund - 100
Other Expenditures
2023-24 2024-25
2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget Detail
Proposed
100-410-4120-52116 Professional Services Special Projects 50,000 50,000 100-410-4120-52117 Legal Services 50,000 50,000 100-410-4120-53020 Telephone 1,200 1,200 100-410-4120-53028 Communications 1,200 1,200 100-410-4120-58100 Furniture & Equipment 2,000 2,000 100-410-4120-58110 Hardware/Software
Laptop Replacement - 3,000
Misc. Software Upgrades and Licenses CM 3,000 3,000 Total Hardware/Software 3,000 6,000 Total Other Expenditures 198,400$ 201,400$ 580
City Clerk
2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25
Account Number Actuals 2nd Quarter Budget Budget Budget

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4130-51001 Salaries 112,406$ 147,700$ 163,400$ 171,600$ 100-410-4130-51002 Cash-Outs 5,479 4,200 6,300 6,600 100-410-4130-51010 Overtime 80 800 800 800 100-410-4130-51100 Auto Allowance 2,040 2,000 2,000 2,000 100-410-4130-51105 Cell Phone Allowance 612 600 600 600 100-410-4130-51107 Internet Allowance 612 600 600 600 100-410-4130-51150 PERS Retirement 23,522 26,400 27,600 29,000 100-410-4130-51160 Medicare 1,758 2,200 2,600 2,700 100-410-4130-51164 SUI 190 - - - 100-410-4130-51200 Medical Ins. 10,403 21,500 19,200 19,200 100-410-4130-51201 Dental Ins. 626 1,400 1,200 1,200 100-410-4130-51202 Vision Ins. 87 300 300 300 100-410-4130-51204 Life Ins. 57 400 400 400 100-410-4130-51208 Other Ins Premium 2,450 3,800 3,400 3,400 Total Salary and Benefits 160,324 211,900 228,400 238,400 100-410-4130-52010 Office Supplies 1,063 500 800 800 100-410-4130-52012 Departmental Supplies 1,304 1,000 1,200 1,500 100-410-4130-52015 Postage Mailing - 500 100 100 100-410-4130-52020 Legal Notices 3,342 2,000 2,000 2,000 100-410-4130-52100 Memberships/Dues 841 900 500 500 100-410-4130-52105 Meetings/Conferences 1,427 3,500 2,000 2,000 100-410-4130-52110 Training 725 3,000 1,600 1,500 100-410-4130-52113 Travel 772 3,500 1,500 1,500 100-410-4130-52115 Contractual Services 2,832 33,100 9,800 8,000 100-410-4130-52116 Professional Services 253 29,000 25,000 - 100-410-4130-52117 Legal Services 22,671 20,000 20,200 20,000 100-410-4130-52120 Elections - 25,000 - 35,000 100-410-4130-58110 Hardware/Software 21,163 63,000 44,200 46,200 Total Other Expenditures 56,392 185,000 108,900 119,100 TOTAL GENERAL FUND 216,716 396,900 337,300 357,500 Total City Clerk - 4130 216,716$ 396,900$ 337,300$ 357,500$ 2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget
Proposed
581
Department: City Clerk - 4130
Fund Number: General Fund - 100
Other Expenditures
2023-24 2024-25
100-410-4130-52010 Office Supplies 800 800 100-410-4130-52012 Departmental Supplies 1,200 1,500 100-410-4130-52015 Postage Mailing 100 100 100-410-4130-52020 Legal Notices 2,000 2,000 100-410-4130-52100 Memberships/Dues 500 500 100-410-4130-52105 Meetings/Conferences
League - New Law 500 500
League - Annual CC 500 500
Clerks Association 500 500
Other Meetings 500 500
100-410-4130-52110 Training 1,600 1,500 100-410-4130-52113 Travel
Lodging/Transportation 1,500 1,500 100-410-4130-52115 Contractual Services
Annual Muni Code Update 6,000 6,000 Records Management Training- City Wide 300 - Elections Subscription Support - 500 Shredding Services 3,500 1,500
100-410-4130-52116 Professional Services
Scanning & Indexing Files 25,000 -
100-410-4130-52117 Legal Services 20,200 20,000 100-410-4130-52120 Elections - 35,000 100-410-4130-58110 Hardware/Software
Form 700 Electronic System 1,600 1,600 Campaign Filing System 2,100 2,100 Agenda Management System (Granicus) 13,000 13,000 Granicus Livestream Additional Services - - Laserfische 16,500 18,500
Electronic Signature Software 11,000 11,000 Hardware/Software 44,200 46,200
Total Other Expenditures 108,900 119,100 2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget Detail
Proposed
582
City Attorney
2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25
Account Number Actuals 2nd Quarter Budget Budget Budget

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4140-52117 Legal Services 69,735$ 280,900$ 296,700$ 305,700$ Total Other Expenditures 69,735 280,900 296,700 305,700 TOTAL GENERAL FUND 69,735 280,900 296,700 305,700 Total City Attorney - 4140 69,735$ 280,900$ 296,700$ 305,700$ 2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget
Proposed
583
Department: City Attorney - 4140
Fund Number: General Fund - 100
Other Expenditures
2023-24 2024-25
100-410-4140-52117 Legal Services
296,700 305,700
Total Other Expenditures 296,700 305,700 Retainer $24,000 with 3% CPI
Increase FY2024, 3% Estimated
Increase FY2025
Proposed
2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget Detail
584
Economic Development
2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25
Account Number Actuals 2nd Quarter Budget Budget Budget

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4150-51001 Salaries 129,705$ 232,800$ 232,800$ 248,200$ 100-410-4150-51002 Cash-Outs 5,678 5,400 9,000 9,600 100-410-4150-51100 Auto Allowance 4,800 4,800 4,800 4,800 100-410-4150-51105 Cell Phone Allowance 720 1,500 1,500 1,500 100-410-4150-51107 Internet Allowance 720 1,500 1,500 1,500 100-410-4150-51150 PERS Retirement 28,562 51,300 51,300 54,700 100-410-4150-51160 Medicare 2,014 3,500 3,600 3,900 100-410-4150-51164 SUI 112 - - - 100-410-4150-51200 Medical Ins. 11,470 26,900 24,000 24,000 100-410-4150-51201 Dental Ins. 263 1,700 1,500 1,500 100-410-4150-51202 Vision Ins. 88 400 300 300 100-410-4150-51204 Life Ins. 67 400 500 500 100-410-4150-51208 Other Ins. Premium 1,779 4,800 4,200 4,200 Total Salary and Benefits 185,979 335,000 335,000 354,700 100-410-4150-52010 Office Supplies 244 1,000 1,000 1,000 100-410-4150-52012 Departmental Supplies 3,170 11,600 25,200 25,200 100-410-4150-52016 Reproduction 1,687 - - - 100-410-4150-52100 Memberships/Dues 1,362 700 800 800 100-410-4150-52105 Meetings/Conferences 5,696 12,800 16,700 16,700 100-410-4150-52113 Travel 6,550 4,100 3,100 3,100 100-410-4150-52115 Contractual Services 39,064 59,500 42,900 42,900 100-410-4150-52116 Professional Services 26,410 5,000 25,000 25,000 100-410-4150-52117 Legal Services 362 1,000 1,000 1,000 100-410-4150-58110 Hardware/Software 873 1,000 1,000 1,000 Total Other Expenditures 85,419 96,700 116,700 116,700 TOTAL GENERAL FUND 271,398 431,700 451,700 471,400 Total Economic Development - 4150 271,398$ 431,700$ 451,700$ 471,400$ 2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget
Proposed
585
Department: Economic Development - 4150
Fund Number: General Fund - 100
Other Expenditures
2023-24 2024-25
100-410-4150-52010 Office Supplies 1,000 1,000 100-410-4150-52012 Departmental Supplies
ICSC Marketing Material 5,000 5,000 Video Production for Marketing 5,000 5,000 Monthly Videos (Spotlight) 6,000 6,000 Photography - Construction & Development 3,000 3,000 Video Account 500 500
Newsletter Software (Mailchimp) 1,100 1,100 Communications Boost (Facebook Ads) 2,000 2,000 Marketing Videos (Chamber Events) 1,000 1,000 DropBox 200 200
Dreamstime 400 400
Misc. Marketing Supplies 1,000 1,000 25,200 25,200
100-410-4150-52100 Memberships/Dues
Retail Development and Attraction (ICSC) 150 150 Commercial Real Estate Development (NAIOP) 500 500 Local Newspaper Subscription 150 150 100-410-4150-52105 Meetings/Conferences
City-Hosted Business Workshops 1,200 1,200 External Business Events/Meetings 1,200 1,200 M/W Chamber Breakfasts (ED Director) 300 300 ICSC Attendance/Booth/Mixer 6,500 6,500 Innovation Month (Riverside County EDA) 1,000 1,000 EDC Events (Fam Tour) 1,000 1,000 Monthly CRE Meetup 2,400 2,400
Restaurant Month (MWCoC) 1,600 1,600 Mega Mixer (MWCoC) 500 500
Riverside County Leadership Conference 1,000 1,000 100-410-4150-52110 Training
100-410-4150-52113 Travel
ICSC - Las Vegas (ED Director) 2,500 2,500 ICSC - San Diego (ED Director) 600 600 100-410-4150-52115 Contractual Services
2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget Detail
Proposed
586
Department: Economic Development - 4150
Fund Number: General Fund - 100
Other Expenditures
2023-24 2024-25
2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget Detail
Proposed
Economic Development Coalition (EDC) 30,000 30,000 EDC "Fellow" 5,000 5,000
M/W Chamber of Commerce Membership 7,900 7,900 100-410-4150-52116 Professional Services
Studies (Workforce Development, etc.) 25,000 25,000 100-410-4150-52117 Legal Services 1,000 1,000 100-410-4150-58110 Hardware/Software 1,000 1,000 Total Other Expenditures 116,700 116,700 587
Administrative Services
2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25
Account Number Actuals 2nd Quarter Budget Budget Budget

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4200-51001 Salaries 328,675$ 477,300$ 478,900$ 503,200$ 100-410-4200-51002 Cash-Outs 17,196 11,700 18,400 19,400 100-410-4200-51010 Overtime 1,367 1,800 800 800 100-410-4200-51100 Auto Allowance 2,040 2,100 2,100 2,100 100-410-4200-51105 Cell Phone Allowance 2,592 3,600 3,600 3,600 100-410-4200-51107 Internet Allowance 2,592 3,600 3,600 3,600 100-410-4200-51150 PERS Retirement 23,559 66,000 64,500 67,800 100-410-4200-51160 Medicare 5,101 7,100 7,400 7,800 100-410-4200-51162 FUI - - - - 100-410-4200-51164 SUI 499 - - - 100-410-4200-51200 Medical Ins. 59,761 88,000 79,300 79,300 100-410-4200-51201 Dental Ins. 4,379 7,200 6,500 6,500 100-410-4200-51202 Vision Ins. 584 1,100 1,000 1,000 100-410-4200-51204 Life Ins. 195 1,200 1,300 1,300 100-410-4200-51208 Other Ins. Premium 9,394 7,800 7,000 7,000 Total Salary and Benefits 457,935 678,500 674,400 703,400 100-410-4200-52010 Office Supplies 3,733 2,000 1,000 1,000 100-410-4200-52012 Departmental Supplies 426 1,300 1,000 1,000 100-410-4200-52015 Postage Mailing 645 100 100 100 100-410-4200-52020 Legal Notices 119 1,000 - - 100-410-4200-52100 Memberships/Dues 1,382 1,100 1,100 1,100 100-410-4200-52105 Meetings/Conferences (185) 2,300 1,300 1,300 100-410-4200-52110 Training 199 1,000 2,000 2,000 100-410-4200-52113 Travel 2,036 2,000 200 200 100-410-4200-52114 Mileage Reimbursement - 100 200 200 100-410-4200-52115 Contractual Services 329,220 236,700 166,300 30,000 100-410-4200-52116 Professional Services 16,903 10,000 24,500 24,500 100-410-4200-52117 Legal Services 6,608 - - - 100-410-4200-52119 Bank Administration Services 11,359 7,500 11,300 11,300 100-410-4200-52300 Hdl Business Registration Fees 22,834 - - - 100-410-4200-58100 Furniture & Equipment - 500 2,000 2,000 100-410-4200-58110 Hardware/Software - 5,000 1,000 1,000 Total Other Expenditures 395,279 270,600 212,000 75,700 TOTAL GENERAL FUND 853,215 949,100 886,400 779,100 Total Administrative Services - 4200 853,215$ 949,100$ 886,400$ 779,100$ Proposed
2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget
588
Department: Administrative Services - 4200
Fund Number: General Fund - 100
Other Expenditures
2023-24 2024-25
100-410-4200-52010 Office Supplies 1,000 1,000 100-410-4200-52012 Departmental Supplies 1,000 1,000 100-410-4200-52015 Postage Mailing 100 100 100-410-4200-52100 Memberships/Dues
GFOA 250 250
CSMFO 350 350
GFOA Award Application Fee 500 500 100-410-4200-52105 Meetings/Conferences
CSMFO Conference 500 500
CALPERS Conference 500 500
Other Conferences/Meetings 300 300 100-410-4200-52110 Training 2,000 2,000 100-410-4200-52113 Travel 200 200 100-410-4200-52114 Mileage Reimbursement 200 200 100-410-4200-52115 Contractual Services
Accounts Payable-Interwest $63 x 960 60,500 - Until 12/31/2023
AppleOne Admin Assistant $27 x 960 26,000 - AppleOne Developer Deposit Help $30 x 960 28,800 - Auditors 30,000 30,000
Urban Futures Inc. 21,000 -
100-410-4200-52116 Professional Services
MuniServices-ACFR Report 2,000 2,000 Cal Mun. Stats.-ACFR Report 500 500 Muniservices - Sales & Use Tax 14,500 14,500 Cost Recovery Systems-Mandated Reimb 6,000 6,000 Other 1,500 1,500
100-410-4200-52119 Bank Administration Services
Payroll Processing Fees ~$225x26 + $115x12 7,300 7,300 Banking $45x12 + $30.20 975 975 Other 3,025 3,025
100-410-4200-58100 Furniture & Equipment 2,000 2,000 100-410-4200-58110 Hardware/Software 1,000 1,000 Total Other Expenditures 212,000 75,700 Proposed
2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget Detail
589
Human Resources
2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25
Account Number Actuals 2nd Quarter Budget Budget Budget

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4210-51001 Salaries 70,706$ 115,900$ 167,300$ 175,700$ 100-410-4210-51002 Cash-Outs 6,893 1,600 6,500 6,800 100-410-4210-51010 Overtime 9,591 1,700 2,600 2,600 100-410-4210-51105 Cell Phone Allowance 612 700 1,300 1,300 100-410-4210-51107 Internet Allowance 612 700 1,300 1,300 100-410-4210-51150 PERS Retirement 5,367 14,900 26,300 27,700 100-410-4210-51160 Medicare 1,186 1,800 2,600 2,800 100-410-4210-51164 SUI 95 - - - 100-410-4210-51200 Medical Ins. 7,130 25,600 24,000 24,000 100-410-4210-51201 Dental Ins. 536 2,200 2,100 2,100 100-410-4210-51202 Vision Ins. 75 300 300 300 100-410-4210-51204 Life Ins. 110 400 400 400 100-410-4210-51208 Other Ins. Premium 3,209 3,000 1,800 1,800 Total Salary and Benefits 106,122 168,800 236,500 246,800 100-410-4210-52010 Office Supplies 769 800 900 900 100-410-4210-52012 Departmental Supplies 3,196 2,600 2,600 2,600 100-410-4210-52100 Memberships/Dues 797 600 600 600 100-410-4210-52105 Meetings/Conferences 1,642 600 600 600 100-410-4210-52110 Training 1,267 1,500 1,500 1,500 100-410-4210-52115 Contractual Services 66,625 51,300 - - 100-410-4210-52116 Professional Services 3,693 3,100 53,800 53,800 100-410-4210-52117 Legal Services 12,586 2,600 34,000 34,000 100-410-4210-52150 Workers Compensation Expenses 7 - - - 100-410-4210-52155 Employee Recognition 197 2,500 10,000 10,000 100-410-4210-54016 Exam Services 315 - 800 800 100-410-4210-58110 Hardware/Software 800 800 800 Total Other Expenditures 91,094 66,500 105,600 105,600 TOTAL GENERAL FUND 197,216 235,300 342,100 352,400 Total Human Resources - 4210 197,216$ 235,300$ 342,100$ 352,400$ 2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget
Proposed
590
Department: Human Resources - 4210
Fund Number: General Fund-100
Other Expenditures
2023-24 2024-25
100-410-4210-52010 Office Supplies 900 900 100-410-4210-52012 Departmental Supplies 2,600 2,600 100-410-4210-52100 Memberships/Dues 600 600 100-410-4210-52105 Meetings/Conferences 600 600 100-410-4210-52110 Training 1,500 1,500 100-410-4210-52116 Professional Services
Advertisement 2,200 2,200
HR Regulatory Compliance 50,000 50,000 *22 Staff @ $64.00 Livescan Services 700 700 *22 Staff @ $75.00 Inland Valley Pre-Employment Physical 900 900 Total Professional Services 53,800 53,800 100-410-4210-52117 Legal Services
Non-Retainer Personnel 14,000 14,000 HR Compliance 20,000 20,000
100-410-4210-52155 Employee Recognition
Staff Events & Recognition 10,000 10,000 100-410-4210-54016 Exam Services 800 800 100-410-4210-58110 Hardware/Software 800 800 Total Other Expenditures 105,600 105,600 2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget Detail
Proposed
*Business cards @ $2,600.00 (22 staff @ $117.40 = $2,582.87) & Other Departmental Supplies $1,800.00 (Badges, lanyards,etc.) 591
IT Services
2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25
Account Number Actuals 2nd Quarter Budget Budget Budget

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4250-52115 Contractual Services -$ 212,900$ 135,600$ 142,500$ 100-410-4250-52116 Professional Services - 29,300 32,000 32,000 100-410-4250-52160 GIS Services - 24,000 38,400 38,400 100-410-4250-58110 Hardware/Software - 30,000 127,500 88,000 Total Other Expenditures - 296,200 333,500 300,900 TOTAL GENERAL FUND - 296,200 333,500 300,900 Total IT Services - 4250 -$ 296,200$ 333,500$ 300,900$ Proposed
2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget
592
Department: IT Services - 4250
Fund Number: General Fund - 100
Other Expenditures
2023-24 2024-25
100-410-4250-52115 Contractual Services
Infininty Technologies $11,300/Month 2 Days per Week Onsite 135,600 Infininty Technologies $11,875/Month 2 Days per Week Onsite - 142,500 Total Contractual Services 135,600 142,500 100-410-4250-52116 Professional Services
Tyler EDEN Module Support 30,000 30,000 Computer Support 2,000 2,000
32,000 32,000
100-410-4250-52160 GIS Services 38,400 38,400 Interwest GIS Support $3200/Month
100-410-4250-58110 Hardware/Software - - Replace/Upgrade City Desktops 18,000 18,000 24 Computers x $1500 each
Laptops Upgrade/Replacements 5,000 5,000 Network Switches 20,000
Server Replacement 20,000
Website Hosting 9,500 10,000
Cylance Blackberry Guard - Antivirus 17,000 17,000 ESET 2,500 2,500
Knowbe4 Cciber Security 3,000 3,000 Fortinet Firewall 1,500 1,500
Server Warranty Renewals 6,000 6,000 Barracuda Backup 4,000 4,000
Office 365 Renewals 16,000 16,000
Datto Office 365 Backup 2,500 2,500 Miscellaneous 2,500 2,500
127,500 88,000
Total Other Expenditures 333,500 300,900 Proposed
2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget Detail
593
Community Services-Administration
2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25
Account Number Actuals 2nd Quarter Budget Budget Budget

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4610-51001 Salaries 2,532$ 35,100$ 35,100$ 36,500$ 100-410-4610-51010 Overtime 49 - 600 600 100-410-4610-51100 Auto Allowance - 400 400 400 100-410-4610-51105 Cell Phone Allowance 36 100 100 100 100-410-4610-51107 Internet Allowance 36 100 100 100 100-410-4610-51150 PERS Retirement 192 3,100 3,100 3,400 100-410-4610-51155 Social Security - 1,300 1,400 1,400 100-410-4610-51160 Medicare 38 500 600 600 100-410-4610-51162 FUI - - 200 200 100-410-4610-51164 SUI 6 - 200 200 100-410-4610-51200 Medical Ins. 411 1,800 1,700 1,700 100-410-4610-51201 Dental Ins. 78 200 200 200 100-410-4610-51202 Vision Ins. 12 100 100 100 100-410-4610-51204 Life Ins. 3 100 100 100 100-410-4610-51208 Other Ins. Premium 126 - - - Total Salary and Benefits 3,520 42,800 43,900 45,600 100-410-4610-52010 Office Supplies 626 300 500 600 100-410-4610-52012 Departmental Supplies 11,319 14,000 7,000 7,500 100-410-4610-52016 Reproduction 1,110 3,800 2,000 2,000 100-410-4610-52025 Community Promotion 300 1,500 1,500 1,500 100-410-4610-52100 Memberships/Dues 1,209 1,000 900 900 100-410-4610-52105 Meetings/Conferences - 1,000 500 500 100-410-4610-52110 Training - 700 1,500 1,500 100-410-4610-52115 Contractual Services 8,230 26,500 19,500 20,000 100-410-4610-52116 Professional Services 5,715 12,900 7,800 7,800 100-410-4610-52117 Legal Services 188 - - - 100-410-4610-52220 RTA Bus Pass - 800 800 800 100-410-4610-53028 Communications 319 300 300 300 100-410-4610-58100 Furniture & Equipment - - 6,000 5,000 100-410-4610-58110 Hardware/Software 872 2,500 2,500 2,500 100-410-4610-58130 Vehicles 10,115 7,500 7,500 7,500 Total Other Expenditures 40,005 72,800 58,300 58,400 TOTAL GENERAL FUND 43,525 115,600 102,200 104,000 43,525$ 115,600$ 102,200$ 104,000$ 2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget
Proposed
Total Community Services-Adm. 4610
594
Department: Total Community Services-Adm. 4610
Fund Number: General Fund - 100
Other Expenditures
2023-24 2024-25
100-410-4610-52010 Office Supplies 500 600 100-410-4610-52012 Departmental Supplies
Memorial Day Event 500 500 National Night Out 500 500 Drive-In Night 500 500
Breakfast with Santa 500 500 City Booth Supplies 5,000 5,500 100-410-4610-52016 Reproduction
Save the Dates 500 500
Flyers 500 500
Banners 1,000 1,000
100-410-4610-52025 Community Promotion 1,500 1,500 100-410-4610-52100 Memberships/Dues 900 900 100-410-4610-52105 Meetings/Conferences 500 500 100-410-4610-52110 Training 1,500 1,500 100-410-4610-52115 Contractual Services
Special Event Labor 1,000 1,000 Trauma Intervention Program (TIP) 4,000 4,000 Event Sanitation- Restrooms 2,500 2,500 Outreach Events 5,000 5,000 Contracts Classes 7,000 7,500 100-410-4610-52116 Professional Services
Music License 800 800
Environmental Health Permits 1,500 1,500 EMT Services 1,400 1,400
Memorial Day Event 1,000 1,000 National Night Out 1,000 1,000 Drive-In Night 600 600
Breakfast with Santa 1,500 1,500 Beautification Program
Total Professional Services 7,800 7,800 100-410-4610-52220 RTA Bus Pass 800 800 100-410-4610-53028 Communications 300 300 100-410-4610-58100 Furniture & Equipment
Tables 2,500
Chairs 3,500
Additional Item 5,000
100-410-4610-58110 Hardware/Software
Recreation & Event Software 2,500 2,500 100-410-4610-58130 Vehicles 7,500 7,500 Total Other Expenditures 58,300 58,400 2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget Detail
Proposed
595
Community Services and Parks
2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25
Account Number Actuals 2nd Quarter Budget Budget Budget

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4611 O'Brien Park
100-410-4611-52115 Contractual Services -$ -$ 2,500 -$ TOTAL O'Brien Park - - 2,500 -

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4612 Heritage Park
100-410-4612-52116 Professional Services - 300 - - TOTAL Heritage Park - 300 - -

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4613 Windsong Park
100-410-4613-52115 Contractual Services - - - - TOTAL Windsong Park - - - -

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4614 Ball Fields
100-410-4614-52012 Departmental Supplies 1,912 2,000 2,500 2,000 100-410-4614-52115 Contractual Services 4,078 6,900 7,500 7,000 100-410-4614-52116 Professional Services - 1,500 3,000 2,500 100-410-4614-53024 Solid Waste 1,314 1,000 3,200 3,200 100-410-4614-53025 Electricity 720 900 800 900 100-410-4614-53026 Water 6,395 6,900 6,800 6,900 100-410-4614-56015 Prop/Equip Rental 800 1,600 1,600 TOTAL Ball Fields 14,420 20,000 25,400 24,100

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4615 Malaga Park
100-410-4615-52012 Departmental Supplies - - - - 100-410-4615-52115 Contractual Services - - - - TOTAL Malaga Park - - - -

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4616 11 Acre Park
100-410-4616-52115 Contractual Services 800 1,000 1,200 1,500 TOTAL 11 Acre Park 800 1,000 1,200 1,500

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4617 27 Acre Park
100-410-4617-52115 Contractual Services 1,800 5,000 5,000 5,500 100-410-4617-52117 Legal Services 985 - TOTAL 27 Acre Park 2,785 5,000 5,000 5,500 18,005$ 26,300$ 34,100$ 31,100$ 2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget
Proposed
Total Community Services and Parks 4611-4617
596
Department: Community Services and Parks
Fund Number: General Fund - 100
Other Expenditures
2023-24 2024-25
100-410-4611 O'Brien Park
100-410-4611-52115 Contractual Services 2,500 - TOTAL O'Brien Park 2,500 -

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4612 Heritage Park
100-410-4612-52115 Contractual Services - - 100-410-4612-52116 Professional Services - - TOTAL Heritage Park - -

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4613 Windsong Park
100-410-4613-52115 Contractual Services - - TOTAL Windsong Park - -

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4614 Ball Fields
100-410-4614-52012 Departmental Services 2,500 2,000 100-410-4614-52115 Contractual Services 7,500 7,000 100-410-4614-52116 Professional Services 3,000 2,500 100-410-4614-53024 Solid Waste 3,200 3,200 100-410-4614-53025 Electricity 800 900 100-410-4614-53026 Water 6,800 6,900 100-410-4614-56015 Prop/Equip Rental 1,600 1,600 TOTAL Ball Fields 25,400 24,100
2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget Detail
Proposed
597
Department: Community Services and Parks
Fund Number: General Fund - 100
Other Expenditures
2023-24 2024-25
2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget Detail
Proposed

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4616 11 Acre Park
100-410-4616-52115 Contractual Services 1,200 1,500 TOTAL 11 Acre Park Park 1,200 1,500

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4617 27 Acre Park
100-410-4617-52115 Contractual Services 5,000 5,500 TOTAL 27 Acre Park Park 5,000 5,500 Total Other Expenditures 34,100 31,100 598
Non-Department/Facilities
2021-22 2022-23 2023-24 2024-25
Account Number Actuals 2nd Quarter Budget Budget Budget

GENERAL FUND
100-410-4800-51150 PERS Retirement 1,716$ 29,100$ 33,100$ 37,000$ PERS/PEPRA Unfunded Liabilities
100-410-4800-51206 Workers Comp Premium 86,495 83,600 83,600 83,600 100-410-4800-51207 General Liab Premium 106,726 137,300 134,300 134,300 100-410-4800-51208 Other Ins Premium 16,614 16,600 31,700 31,700 Total Salary and Benefits 211,551 266,600 282,700 286,600 100-410-4800-52010 Office Supplies 4,764 7,800 12,000 12,000 100-410-4800-52012 Departmental Supplies 4,780 3,000 11,100 11,100 100-410-4800-52015 Postage Mailing 2,853 5,000 5,000 5,000 100-410-4800-52100 Memberships/Dues 30,123 39,500 23,300 23,800 100-410-4800-52105 Meetings/Conferences 486 200 - - 100-410-4800-52115 Contractual Services 206,009 70,200 91,200 91,200 100-410-4800-52116 Professional Services 8,263 3,700 1,000 1,000 100-410-4800-52117 Legal Services 5,475 - 1,000 1,000 100-410-4800-52119 Bank/Admin Fees 1,942 - 100 100 100-410-4800-53010 City Hall Lease 409,326 405,000 475,700 652,000 100-410-4800-53020 Telephone 23,215 22,200 21,600 22,200 100-410-4800-53025 Electricity 22,825 17,500 29,200 29,800 100-410-4800-53028 Communications 8,429 5,400 4,900 4,900 100-410-4800-52300 Hdl Business Registration Fees - 26,000 26,000 26,000 100-410-4800-54090 LAFCO Fee 2,165 2,000 2,500 2,500 100-410-4800-58000 Miscellaneous 4,209 50,000 100,000 100,000 100-410-4800-58100 Furniture & Equipment 113 1,000 500 500 100-410-4800-58110 Hardware/Software 89,609 25,000 5,000 5,000 100-410-4800-59000 Transfers Out 219,882 - - - Total Other Expenditures 1,044,468 683,500 810,100 988,100 TOTAL GENERAL FUND 1,256,018 950,100 1,092,800 1,274,700 Total Non-Departmental - 4800 1,256,018$ 950,100$ 1,092,800$ 1,274,700$ Proposed
2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget
599
Department: Non-Departmental - 4800
Fund Number: General Fund - 100
Other Expenditures
2023-24 2024-25
100-410-4800-52010 Office Supplies
General & Kitchen Supplies $500/Month 6,000 6,000 Coffee $200/Month 2,400 2,400
Sparkletts $300/Month 3,600 3,600 Total Office Supplies 12,000 12,000 100-410-4800-52012 Departmental Supplies
General Meeting Supplies 3,000 3,000 Cintas First Aid $1100 Every Other Month 6,600 6,600 City Staff Shirts 1,500 1,500
Total Departmental Supplies 11,100 11,100 100-410-4800-52015 Postage Mailing
Pitney Bowes Postage 4@ $1000/upload 4,000 4,000 Pitney Bowes Meter Rental $100/Qrtr 400 400 Postage Supplies 600 600
Total Postage Mailing 5,000 5,000 100-410-4800-52100 Memberships/Dues
League of CA Cities 14,000 14,500
League of CA Cities - Riverside Division 100 100 SCAG 4,500 4,500
WRCOG Dues & AB939 4,500 4,500
Amazon Prime 200 200
Total Membership/ Dues 23,300 23,800 100-410-4800-52115 Contractual Services
Janitorial Services @ $3400/Month 40,800 40,800 APS Security $2200/Month 26,400 26,400 Copiers - Lease Great America Fin $575/Month 6,900 6,900 Copier Services - Maint. $1200/Month Innovative Documents 14,400 14,400 Fire Extinguishers Maint. 300 300 Shred-It/Stericycle 4 Boxes $200/Month 2,400 2,400 Total Contractual Services 91,200 91,200 100-410-4800-52116 Professional Services 1,000 1,000 Misc Consulting
Proposed
2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget Detail
600
Department: Non-Departmental - 4800
Fund Number: General Fund - 100
Other Expenditures
2023-24 2024-25
Proposed
2023-24 & 2024-25 Departmental Budget Detail
100-410-4800-52117 Legal Services 1,000 1,000 100-410-4800-52119 Bank/Admin Fees 100 100 100-410-4800-52300 Hdl Business Registration Fees 26,000 26,000 100-410-4800-53010 City Hall Lease 473,700 650,000 Storage Lease 2,000 2,000
Total City Hall Lease 475,700 652,000 100-410-4800-53020 Telephone
Frontier @$550/Month 6,600 6,600
Voice Broadcast Service @$50/Month 600 600 Ring Central 14,400 15,000
Total Telephone 21,600 22,200
100-410-4800-53025 Electricity 29,200 29,800 100-410-4800-53028 Communications
Fios @$180 Month 2,200 2,200
Direct TV @$124/Month 1,500 1,500 Verizon Data $100/Month 1,200 1,200 Total Communications 4,900 4,900
100-410-4800-54090 LAFCO Fee 2,500 2,500 100-410-4800-58000 Miscellaneous-Contingency 100,000 100,000 100-410-4800-58100 Furniture & Equipment 500 500 100-410-4800-58110 Hardware/Software
Misc Equipment 5,000 5,000
5,000 5,000
Total Other Expenditures 810,100 988,100 601

City Council

Mission:

To oversee municipal activity to ensure it reflects the will of the residents.

Services:
• Consists of 5 Members of the public elected to a four-year term from each district in the City; Mayor and Mayor Pro Tem are chosen annually from the Council. • Adopted a fiscally conservative and balanced operating budget • Appoints Planning Commissioners and committee members. • Approves Public Policy.
• Passes Resolutions and Ordinances.
• Provides input on City manners.
• Engages with stakeholders and brings their needs to the attention of management.

Organization:

Accomplishments (Over Last 2 years):

• Adopted a balanced budget with a General Fund Reserve • Adopted a Covid Prevention Policy and re-opened City Hall • Approved a new Solid Waste Franchise Agreement
• Appropriated funding to initiate a General Plan Update

Department Long-Term Goals (Over 2 Years):

• Increase funding for street improvements and pavement maintenance • Secure a City-owned City Hall Building
• Study public safety and facility needs based on population growth

City Council
5 Elected Members – One from Each
District of the City
602

Short-Term Goals & Objectives (Within Next 2-Year Budget Cycle):

• Increase funding for street improvements and pavement maintenance • Adopt a General Plan Update
• Open a new park facility
• Execute a Purchase and Sale Agreement for a City-owned City Hall Building; or Execute a Lease Purchase Agreement with a developer for a new City Hall Building; or extend the existing lease of the current City Hall facility. Options are dependent on funding and negotiations.

603

City Manager

Mission:

To carry out the will of the City Council in accordance with the City’s Vision statement.

Services:

• Manages the day-to-day operations of the City government. • Implements City Council policy decisions.
• Communicates with major stakeholders.
• Appoints Directors to carry out the City goals.

Organization:

Accomplishments (Over Last 2 years):

• Organizational Management review; establishment of an Executive Management team with refinements to the Directors’ responsibilities and completion of citywide compensation, classification, job description, and benefits study.
• 5-year fiscal planning with conservative revenue projections, stabilized ongoing expenditures, and refined mid-biennial budget with a 15% operating budget reserve.
• Negotiated a new Solid Waste Franchise Agreement.

Department Long-Term Goals (Over 2 Years):

• Improve customer services and communications, operational processes, and enhance best practices in each department.
• Complete the transition from contract labor support to right-sized, efficiently City Manager
City Manager

604

staffed departments.
• Establish and maintain a balanced 5-year operating budget with diversified revenue streams and increased services supported by an ample reserve and a strong bond rating.

Short-Term Goals & Objectives (Within Next 2-Year Budget Cycle):

• Negotiate and present a long-term fiscally sound option for a publicly owned City Hall through either:
 Purchase and Sale Agreement of the existing City Hall.  An extended lease of the existing City Hall while establishing a strong bond rating.
 A Lease Purchase agreement of a developer-built City Hall. • Continue the operational assessment and refinement of departmental processes and best practices while hiring select positions and reducing certain contract labor positions.
• Responsibly monitor current economic projections that anticipate slower growth or reduction in various revenue streams while balancing inflationary impacts to the operating budget.

605

City Clerk’s Department

Mission:

To build trust and promote transparency by providing access to local government through public participation, community engagement, easy access to records and historical data, excellent customer service, and regulatory compliance.

Services:

• Provides City Council support by managing agendas, meeting notice requirements, maintaining legislative history, managing the filing of contracts, agreements, resolutions, ordinances, minutes, recorded documents, and issuing proclamations and certificates.
• Conducts Municipal Elections in accordance with the Municipal Code. • Maintains custody of the City Seal.
• Administers and directs the posting, mailing, and publication of legally required notices and public hearings.
• Provides open access to complete and accurate public documents for both internal and external customers.
• Administers the provisions of the Brown Act, Public Records Act, Elections Code, and Fair Political Reform Act and provides guidance to candidates, elected officials, and staff in meeting their legal responsibilities.
• Maintains and updates the City’s Municipal Code annually and ensures that it is available and accessible to all citizens.
• Certifies and authenticates official documents.
• Maintains and updates the City’s records retention schedule and program. • Provides support to the Planning Commission, Measure Z Oversight Advisory Committee, and Measure AA Oversight Advisory Committee.

Organization:

City Clerk
City Clerk
Administrative Analyst I

606

Accomplishments (Over Last 2 years):

• Implemented the City-wide Agenda Management Software. • Coordinated and completed the City Council’s redistricting requirements. • Coordinated and completed the City Council Election in November 2022. • Implemented Electronic Filing and Management for Campaign Statements. • Provided City-Wide Records Management Training and updated the City’s retention schedule.
• Secured contract for an Electronic Documents Management System.

Department Long-Term Goals (Over 2 Years):

• Increase the availability of records to the public and make the public records request process more efficient.
• Continue to promote transparency and efficiency for meeting management and public engagement.
• Continue to administer the provisions of State and Local laws and continue meeting legal.

Short-Term Goals & Objectives (Within Next 2-Year Budget Cycle):

• Complete the City’s Electronic Document Management System Implementation, scanning and indexing to centralize records, increase record availability to the public, and reduce paper storage.
• Complete the implementation of the City’s retention schedule. • Coordinate the City’s Municipal Council Election for November 2024. • Update the City’s Meeting Video/audio/Livestream to a more seamless application. • Implement Electronic Document Recording on behalf of the Riverside County Recorder’s Office for more efficient processing of documents that need to be recorded.

607

City Attorney Department

Mission:

Provide cost effective and high-quality legal services to the City Council, the Council’s appointed bodies and all City departments to enhance the City’s ability to achieve its policy objectives while reducing legal risk.

Services:

• Prepare and attend City Council and Planning Commission meetings. • Provide general legal advice.
• Review draft contracts, ordinances, and resolutions.
• Conduct legal research.
• Represent the City in litigation.
• Assist City Departments in handling personnel matters.

Organization:

Accomplishments:

• Provided legal advice and counsel with respect to COVID-19 federal, state and county regulations and guidance documents.
• Participated support with SB1383 Compliance
• Oversaw new Waste Hauler Franchise Agreement
• Identified new laws, cases, and legal practices and recommended actions to allow City to benefit from such new requirements and trends.
• Assisted in entitlement processing and environmental review of numerous development projects, including cannabis businesses.

City Attorney
Burke, Williams, and Sorenson LLP (Contract)

608

• Assisted staff in several code enforcement matters.
• Provided legal support with respect to Bundy Canyon right of way acquisitions.

Short-Term Objectives:

• Active participation in agenda and other staff meetings to stay informed on pending City issues and specific implementation of City policies. • Provide high quality and cost-effective legal services. • Help City secure long-term City Hall solution.
• Continued Assistance with implementation and administration of the new waste hauler franchise agreement

Department Long-Term Goals:

• Consistently provide City Council, Planning Commission and all City Departments with on-going problem-solving services and legal advice to improve City’s ability to achieve its goals.
• Develop legal strategies to minimize the City’s potential exposure to litigation. • Respond to general legal research issues in a timely manner.

609

Economic Development Department

Mission:

To promote valuable development that enhances the quality of life and opportunity in Wildomar; to sustain and grow Wildomar’s vibrant economy by providing leadership and resources for business attraction, retention, growth, and development.

Services:

• Business Attraction
o Make connections to commercial development opportunities in Wildomar o Attend industry trade shows (ICSC)
o Partnerships with local brokers, developers, property owners, etc. • Business Retention
o Monthly business workshops
o Marketing help for local businesses
o Programs to spotlight local businesses
• Community Marketing/Engagement
o Press releases
o Social media
• Ombudsman Services
o Working with all departments as needed to help businesses get questions answered
• Community/Regional Engagement
o Murrieta/Wildomar Chamber of Commerce
o Economic Development Coalition (EDC)
o Economic Development Alliance (RivCo EDA)
o Small Business Administration (SBA)
• Seek Grants for the purpose of Economic Development

Organization:

Economic Development
Department
Economic Development Director
Senior Management Analyst
610

Accomplishments (Over Last 2 years):

• Increased communication to the public through better use of social media and creation of a monthly Newsletter
• Completed Commercial Market Analysis (12/2020) and Hotel Analysis (4/2022) • Created a Legislative Platform that allows us to track and respond to proposed Legislation that could harm business and/or takes away our ability to govern locally
• Track and respond to grants that may provide funding for various city-wide projects
• Created an entrepreneurship program (Bright Business Wildomar) and graduated 20 students from the program in 2022
• Managed video communication between the Mayor and the community for pertinent information dissemination
• Managed the Commercial Real Estate Meetup and the Small Business Roundtable for connection to developers, brokers, and small business owners

Department Long-Term Goals (Over 2 Years):

• Grow live-work-play opportunities in Wildomar while balancing the rural character of the city
• Attract high-quality jobs, provide quality educational opportunities and commercial services that capture local spending and generate revenues to support Wildomar’s vision for the future
• Expand arts and entertainment programs, and recreational opportunities for our residents, visitors and as a means of business attraction

Short-Term Goals & Objectives (Within Next 2-Year Budget Cycle):

• Encourage high-end, mixed-use development that compliments the “Temecula Valley Wine Country” atmosphere
• Work with industrial developers to bring high-end development to Wildomar that will encourage placement of manufacturing for jobs and entertainment (distilleries, breweries and wineries with tasting rooms) 611

• Encourage hotel development on Clinton Keith and Wildomar Trail • Support Mt. San Jacinto College’s vision of “Regenerative Agriculture” for their Wildomar campus, encouraging the expansion and success of wineries and farm-to-table eateries
• Encourage unique entertainment opportunities that do not exist and/or are in demand in this valley
• Create new and engaging website that will facilitate a better end-user (public) experience and encourage better community engagement

612

Administrative Services Department

Mission:

The Administrative Services Department is responsible for the preservation, support, and reinforcement of the City’s operations and its departments by protecting the City’s assets, having fiscal integrity, and having effective management of the City’s information systems.

The department desires to attract, retain, and equip its divisions – Finance, Human Resources, Risk Management, and Information Technology, with highly qualified staff who are able to deliver a high level of service in a streamlined organization and to the citizens of Wildomar.

Services:

• Implements and maintains Financial, Human Resources & Payroll, Risk Management, and Information Technology services for the City, its departments, and the Wildomar Cemetery District.
• Leads the preparation, creation, and maintenance of the City’s Biennial Budget. • Maintains all financial records, including Revenues, Expenses, Accounts Receivable, and Accounts Payable.
• Completes the year-end financial process and works with the City’s outside auditors to complete the Annual Comprehensive Financial Report and various other annual reports.
• Lead the recruitment to fill new and vacant positions in the City Departments and the Wildomar Cemetery District.
• Maintain Employee Records.
• Provide guidance to staff on employees, including benefits and other personnel related items.
• Monitors and assesses the City’s risk and liability.
• Oversees Contract IT Services

613

Organization:

The Administrative Services department is composed of the following divisions:

Accomplishments (Over Last 2 years):

Risk Management Division
• Created and updated policies, procedures, and documents needed for the COVID Pandemic
• With the assistance of the City Attorney’s Office created policy, procedures, and documents for the CA Family Leave Act and the Pregnancy Disability Law
• Created and updated the Injury & Illness Prevention Program (IIPP) • Established a Urgent Care facility for use by City employees for Pre- employment and Worker Compensation needs

Finance Division
• Completed the FY 2021/22 & FY 2022/23 biennial budget received the GFOA Distinguished Budget Presentation Award for the City’s Budget Book
• Received the Certificate of Achievement for Excellence in Financial Reporting for the City’s Annual Comprehensive Financial Report. • Maintained a balance budget
• Placed the City’s Banking Services on a contract for the first time in the City’s history
• Assisted with the transition from the City’s Developer Deposit program to a Fixed Fee Program

Admin
Services
Risk
Management
Finance
Human
Resources
IT Services
614

IT Services Division
• Converted City’s Server Network to SharePoint Cloud based system • Completed additions to the City’s Cybersecurity framework

Human Resources Division
• Implemented Increased Benefits from the Class and Compensation Study • Implementation of improved disability and life insurance coverage for employees
• Established new occupational health care services locally with Concentra for workplace injuries and pre-employment exams.
• Establish revised vehicle usage policy and new DMV Pull-Notice Program

Department Long-Term Goals (Over 2 Years):

Risk Management Division
• Update all Risk and Safety policies and procedures.

Finance Division
• Create a Popular Annual Financial Report for the City and submit for GFOA award
• Establish remote access for vendors, staff, and other interested parties to the new ERP
• Increase transparency reporting to the citizens of Wildomar and other interested parties

IT Services Division
• Study the long-term needs of staff in terms of computer equipment

Human Resources Division
• Implementation of Remaining Items Prioritized by the HR Assessment • Reevaluate Employee Benefits

Short-Term Goals & Objectives (Within Next 2-Year Budget Cycle):

Risk Management Division
• Consolidate the Risk Management programs utilized by the City and the Wildomar Cemetery District under one Risk Management Agency 615

• Create and maintain policies and procedures needed by the City, Cemetery District, and its employees
• Update the City’s Claim form
• Create full Safety Program for staff

Finance Division
• Complete the implementation of a new Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) program
• Update all Financial Policies and Procedures
• Create a complete Capital Asset listing of the City and Wildomar Cemetery District
• Establish an ACH Payment program for vendor payments

IT Services Division
• Update Operating software on all computers
• Replace All Staff Desktop Computers
• Continue to refine Cybersecurity process and procedures • Assist in the implementation of the City’s new ERP software

Human Resources Division
• Implementation of Quarterly Wellness Program for Employees • Implementation of Remaining Items Prioritized by the HR Assessment

616

Community Services Department

Mission:

Encourage community engagement and enhanced quality of life by providing safe and well- maintained park facilities. Create community by conducting special events, community programs, and facilitating sports leagues. Promote the humane care of animals through our partnership with animal control services. Continue city efforts to provide homeless support services to the community.

Services:

• Park asset maintenance.
• Field Allocation for Sports Leagues.
• Securing Park facilities during non-use hours.
• Park facility and room rentals.
• Provide Special Events to the community.
• Promote community participation programs.
• Coordinate homeless outreach and support services.

Organization:

Community
Services
Department
Services
Special Events
Parks
Measure Z
Cemetery
617

Services Division

Accomplishments (Over Last 2 years):

• Implementation of the Keep it Clean Program.
• Developed and implemented a pilot Compost Program.
• Provided a portal for the capability to purchase replaced street signs.

Department Long-Term Goals (Over 2 Years):

• Provide a variety of quality recreational and leisure activities.

Short-Term Goals & Objectives (Within Next 2-Year Budget Cycle):

• Engage residents on the east side of the I-15 Freeway with events and activities. • Develop a revenue sharing agreement for Contract Class Providers • User fee update for Community Services.
• Capabilities for off-site electronic and card payments.

Parks Division

Accomplishments (Over Last 2 years):

• Installation of new surveillance cameras at park locations. • Provided additional janitorial services to Marna O’Brien Park.

Department Long-Term Goals (Over 2 Years):

• Regency Heritage Park renovation.

Short-Term Goals & Objectives (Within Next 2-Year Budget Cycle):

• Conduct all landscape maintenance services in-house.
• Continue Park amenities enhancements and replacements.

618

Special Events Division

Accomplishments (Over Last 2 years):

• Provide a full year of special events post-pandemic.
• Coordinated with Sheriff and Neighboring agencies for National Night Out Event.
• Developed a Community Event Partnership Policy

Department Long-Term Goals (Over 2 Years):

• Develop criteria for Signature/Premier Events.

Short-Term Goals & Objectives (Within Next 2-Year Budget Cycle):

• Remodel annual special events to incorporate cost recovery. • Broaden partnerships to enhance tier 4 special events. • Acquisition of special event equipment and amenities.

619
Proposed Draft FY2024 & FY2025
Goals & Budgets for General Government
Adam Jantz
Senior Administrative Analyst
March 8th, 2023, City Council Meeting
620
Draft General Government Expenditures
Fund FY2021-22
Actuals
FY2022-23 2nd
Quarter
Adjusted
Budget
FY 2023-24
Proposed
Budget
FY 2024-25
Proposed
Budget
100 General Fund
General Government
City Council 265,192$ 277,300$ 264,200$ 261,200$ City Manager 593,826 414,900 455,400 458,400 City Clerk 216,716 396,900 337,300 357,500 City Attorney 69,735 280,900 296,700 305,700 Economic Development 271,398 431,700 451,700 471,400 Administrative Services 853,215 949,100 886,400 779,100 Human Resources 197,216 235,300 342,100 352,400 IT Services - 296,200 333,500 300,900 Community Services 43,525 115,600 102,200 104,000 O'Brien Park - - 2,500 - Heritage Park - 300 - - Windsong Park - - - - Ball Fields 14,420 20,000 25,400 24,100 Malaga Park - - - - 11 Acre Park 800 1,000 1,200 1,500 27 Acre Park 2,785 5,000 5,000 5,500 Non-Departmental/Facilities 1,256,018 950,100 1,092,800 1,274,700 General Government Total 3,784,845 4,374,300 4,596,400 4,696,400 621
Summary of Major Budget-Cycle Department Goals
General Government:
• City Council Adoption of General Plan Update – Responsible Growth and Development
• Update the City’s Meeting Livestreaming – Improve Services • Improve Special Events – Establish Community Partnerships for Events and Incorporate Better Cost Recovery
• Secure a City Hall – Improve Community Service
• New ERP – Implement a New City-Wide ERP utilizing ARPA Funds 622
Decision Items:
• Community Promotion – The City would like direction on whether to continue providing non-profit funding in-lieu of CDBG funds. • ICSC Conference – Provide direction on City Council’s desire to attend.
• Enhanced Livestream Services– The City is looking into integrating livestream service into City agenda management software. The City is procuring estimates and staff would like direction on whether to pursue.
• City Hall – Current City Hall lease agreement completes end of calendar year 2024. Based on current market rates, City rent is expected to increase significantly.
623
Questions?
624

CITY OF WILDOMAR

CC - REGULAR MEETING

GENERAL BUSINESS
Agenda Staff Report # 3.3
Meeting Date: March
8, 2023
SUBJECT:

Proposed Revisions to the Traffic Signal Mast Arm Street Name Sign Blade Design
SUBMITTED BY:

Jason Farag
PREPARED BY:

Jason Farag

ACTION:

1. Approve staff's recommendation to revise the Traffic Signal Street Name Sign Blade Standard Design, Option 1B for Standard Streets and Option 2A for Wildomar Trail; and

2. Direct staff to prepare and approve new City Standard Drawings for the new designs.

SUMMARY:

The City's current street name sign blade design for most traffic signals includes the Wildomar Brand which is composed of several different colors and shapes. Staff recommends an update to the traffic signal mast arm sign blade design to incorporate the Wildomar Edwardian 'W' in place of the Wildomar Brand, to simplify the manufacturing of the signs, improve the longevity of the signs, and to provide uniformity with the smaller street name sign blades used at non- signalized intersections.

BACKGROUND:

With the exception of street name signs on Wildomar Trail, the City has two street name sign designs currently in use. One design is used only at signalized intersections and is referred to as the Traffic Signal Mast Arm Street Name Sign Blade (Traffic Signal Signs). These signs are typically placed on the traffic signal mast arm, or just above the mast arm. The current Traffic Signal Sign design incorporates the City of Wildomar Brand on the left side of the sign which is composed of several shapes and colors. To the right of the brand is a blue background with the street name written in white text. Below the street name, and in smaller text size, is written "City of Wildomar". The entire sign includes a white border.

The second design is used at non-signalized intersections and is simply referred to as a Street Name Sign Blade. The Street Name Sign design is an all-blue sign with a white stylized 'W' 625
(also referred to as the Wildomar Edwardian 'W') on the left side of the sign. The street name is written to the right of the 'W' in white text. The entire sign includes a white border.

For Wildomar Trail traffic signal street name signs, the City Council previously approved a specific sign design including a white border, brown background, and Wildomar Trail written in an old western stylized font.

Attachment A includes the existing sign designs, for reference.

DISCUSSION:

Over the years of use, the City has experienced deterioration of the Traffic Signal Signs more rapidly than the Street Name Signs. Typically, the Traffic Signal Signs begin showing deterioration and discoloration near or within the Wildomar Brand. A suspected cause of this is that the multiple colors and shapes included in the Wildomar Brand may affect the production/printing of the sign, thus introducing potential areas of failure within the sign blade.

In addition, the use of the Wildomar Brand has decreased over recent years, with more prominent use of the City's logo and the Wildomar Edwardian 'W'.

To help mitigate the sign failures, and given the reduced use of the Wildomar Brand, staff is proposing revisions to the Traffic Signal Signs by replacing the Wildomar Brand with the Wildomar Edwardian 'W'. This is expected to simplify the production of the signs and would also provide more uniformity with the Street Name Signs used City-wide at non-signalized intersections. Attachment B includes various versions of the proposed sign revisions. To further improve uniformity between the signs, concepts of a revised Wildomar Trail Traffic Signal Sign with the Wildomar Edwardian 'W' have also been included for review and approval. Staff recommends that the City Council review the proposed sign revision options presented in Attachment B and approve one of the proposed sign revision designs for the traditional blue Traffic Signal Sign and for the brown Wildomar Trail Traffic Signal Sign.

Staff's recommendation is to implement Option 1B for the traditional blue Traffic Signal Sign which includes one consistent blue background and the City of Wildomar written below the street name to help identify the City to those who are not familiar with the area. Staff also recommends implementing Option 2A for the brown Wildomar Trail Traffic Signal Sign which also includes one consistent brown background but omits the City of Wildomar from below the street name sign since the City name is in the street name. Staff also recommends adjusting the character width of the Wildomar Trail font, as shown in Option 2A, to improve readability of the text while still maintaining the same font style that was originally selected and approved by the City Council.

Upon approval of a proposed design, the City must prepare new Standard Drawings/Details that include the new designs and technical specifications required for production of the signs.

These Standard Drawings will be used by the City's contractors and by private developers when ordering new street name signs to install on new and existing traffic signals. The 626
Standard Drawings will include the technical details such as the specific color reference, font type and size, spacing, margins, materials, reflectivity, etc... Staff recommends that the City Council direct the City Engineer to prepare and approve new Standard Drawings that incorporate the designs approved by the City Council.

In 2021, the City Council approved a decision package authorizing the purchase of new Traffic Signal Signs City-wide to replace existing deteriorated signs. Implementation of that project was delayed, and the previously unused funds were not re-allocated in the FY 22/23 budget.

Upon completion of the new standard drawings, staff will bring forward a budget request to appropriate funds for the replacement of Traffic Signal Signs City-wide with the new design.

Since the Wildomar Trail signs were recently replaced a few years ago with the renaming of the entire street, staff is not proposing to replace the Wildomar Trail signs at this time and recommends that the Wildomar Trail signs be replaced with the new design through regular maintenance, when required.

FISCAL IMPACT:

Staff costs for this effort are included in the approved FY 22/23 budget.

ATTACHMENTS:

A - Existing Street Name Signs
B - Proposed Street Name Sign Designs
Traffic Signal Street Name Signs (presentation)
627
628
6" TALL UPPERCASE LETTER
4" TALL LOWERCASE LETTER
STD. 815A SHALL BE USED. TWO SIGN
B.

PAVED OR CURBED STREET WIDTH GREATER THAN 40'

0.75"
7"
7"
629
4" TALL UPPERCASE LETTER

3.5" TALL LOWERCASE LETTER
B
PAVED OR CURBED STREET WIDTH 40' OR LESS
STD. 815A SHALL BE USED. TWO SIGN
B.
6"

0.67"

4.66"

4.66"
630

Existing Wildomar Trail Traffic Signal Street Name Sign

631
Traffic Signal Street Name Sign Concepts
City of Wildomar
Standard Street Name Sign

Option 1A
Includes a white border, all-blue background, white logo, and white text for the street name.

Option 1B
Includes a white border, all-blue background, white logo, and white text for the street name.

Adds “City of Wildomar” in white text below the street name.

Option 1C
Includes no border, a two-tone background: white background with a blue logo and a blue background with white text for the street name.

Option 1D
Includes no border, a two-tone background: white background with a blue logo, a blue background with white text for the street name. Adds “City of Wildomar” in white text below the street name.

Option 1E
Includes a white border border with a two-tone background: white background with a blue logo and a blue background with white text for the street name.

Option 1F
Includes a white border with a two-tone background: white background with a blue logo, a blue background with white text for the street name. Adds “City of Wildomar” in white text below the street name.

632
Traffic Signal Street Name Sign Concepts
City of Wildomar
Wildomar Trail Street Name Sign

Option 2A
Includes a white border, all-brown background, white logo, and white text for the street name.

Option 2B
Includes a white border, all-brown background, white logo, and white text for the street name.

Adds “City of Wildomar” in white text below the street name.

Option 2C
Includes no border, a two-tone background: white background with a brown logo and a brown background with white text for the street name.

Option 2D
Includes no border, a two-tone background: white background with a brown logo, a brown background with white text for the street name. Adds “City of Wildomar” in white text below the street name.

Option 2E
Includes a white border border with a two-tone background: white background with a brown logo and a brown background with white text for the street name.

Option 2F
Includes a white border with a two-tone background: white background with a brown logo, a brown background with white text for the street name. Adds “City of Wildomar” in white text below the street name.

633
Traffic Signal Mast Arm
Street Name Sign Blade Design
Proposed Revisions
City of Wildomar
January 18, 2023
634

EXISTING STREET NAME SIGNS

TRAFFIC SIGNAL MAST ARM SIGN DETAIL
635

EXISTING STREET NAME SIGNS

STANDARD STREET NAME SIGN DETAIL
636

EXISTING STREET NAME SIGNS

WILDOMAR TRAIL TRAFFIC SIGNAL STREET NAME SIGN
637

TRAFFIC SIGNAL STREET NAME SIGN CONCEPTS

STANDARD STREET NAME SIGN
Option 1A
Includes a white border, all-blue background, white logo, and white text for the street name.

Option 1B
Includes a white border, all-blue background, white logo, and white text for the street name.

Adds “City of Wildomar” in white text below the street name.

Option 1C
Includes no border, a two-tone background: white background with a blue logo and a blue background with white text for the street name.

Option 1D
Includes no border, a two-tone background: white background with a blue logo, a blue background with white text for the street name. Adds “City of Wildomar” in white text below the street name.

Option 1E
Includes a white border border with a two-tone background: white background with a blue logo and a blue background with white text for the street name.

Option 1F
Includes a white border with a two-tone background: white background with a blue logo, a blue background with white text for the street name. Adds “City of Wildomar” in white text below the street name.

638

TRAFFIC SIGNAL STREET NAME SIGN CONCEPTS

WILDOMAR TRAIL STREET NAME SIGN
Option 2A
Includes a white border, all-brown background, white logo, and white text for the street name.

Option 2B
Includes a white border, all-brown background, white logo, and white text for the street name.

Adds “City of Wildomar” in white text below the street name.

Option 2C
Includes no border, a two-tone background: white background with a brown logo and a brown background with white text for the street name.

Option 2D
Includes no border, a two-tone background: white background with a brown logo, a brown background with white text for the street name. Adds “City of Wildomar” in white text below the street name.

Option 2E
Includes a white border border with a two-tone background: white background with a brown logo and a brown background with white text for the street name.

Option 2F
Includes a white border with a two-tone background: white background with a brown logo, a brown background with white text for the street name. Adds “City of Wildomar” in white text below the street name.

639

TRAFFIC SIGNAL STREET NAME SIGN CONCEPTS

STAFF RECOMMENDATIONS
Option 2A
Includes a white border, all-brown background, white logo, and white text for the street name.

Option 1B
Includes a white border, all-blue background, white logo, and white text for the street name.

Adds “City of Wildomar” in white text below the street name.

640

CITY OF WILDOMAR

CC - REGULAR MEETING

GENERAL BUSINESS
Agenda Staff Report # 3.4
Meeting Date: March
8, 2023
SUBJECT:

Fireworks Ordinance Amendment
SUBMITTED BY:

Thomas D Jex

ACTION:

1. Find and determine that approval of Ordinance No. _____ is exempt from CEQA review pursuant to CEQA Guideline 15378 and;

2. Introduce and approve first reading of an Ordinance entitled:

ORDINANCE NO. ___

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF WILDOMAR, CALIFORNIA, AMENDING CHAPTER 9.24 OF WILDOMAR MUNICIPAL CODE [FIREWORKS] AND FIND

THAT THE ORDINANCE IS EXEMPT FROM CEQA REVIEW PURSUANT TO CEQA GUIDELINE 15378
DISCUSSION:

On February 8, 2023, the City Council considered, discussed and provided direction regarding the City’s Fireworks Ordinance, Wildomar Municipal Code Chapter 9.24. Specifically, the Council reviewed changes made by Riverside County to its fireworks ordinance.

The City Council directed staff to amend Chapter 9.24 to include property owner liability and impose civil fines and penalties for violation of the chapter to $1,000.00. The attached proposed ordinance reflects City Council direction.

ATTACHMENTS:

1. Firework Ordinance Amendment - 2023
641

Page 1 of 7 ends
← All documents from this meeting